Quarterlytics / Financial Services / Asset Management / Trinity Capital Inc.

Trinity Capital Inc.

trin · NASDAQ Financial Services
Claim this profile
Ticker trin
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Financial Services
Industry Asset Management
Employees 58
← All annual reports
FY2022 Annual Report · Trinity Capital Inc.
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Annual Report & Accounts 
for the year ended 31 December 2022

Company Number: 07535869 
Stock Code: TRIN 

Contents

Strategic Report 

Financial Accounts 

65 Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income 
66 Consolidated Statement of Financial Position 
67 Company Statement of Financial Position 
68 Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity 
69 Company Statement of Changes in Equity 
70 Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows 
71 Company Statement of Cash Flows 
72 Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 

Glossary of Terms 

114 Glossary of Terms 

Company Information 

117 Company Information

Highlights of 2022 
1
Chairman & CEO Statement 
3
5 Our Business Strategy & Model 
6 Operations Review 
10 Stakeholder Engagement 
12 Environmental and Social Governance 
16 Financial Review 
24 Risk Management and Internal Controls 

Governance 

30 Directors’ Statement s172 
32 Corporate Governance Statement 
33 QCA Principles 
38 Board of Directors 
40 Executive Management Team 
41 Board Activities 
42 Audit Committee Report 
43 Technical Committee Report 
44 Remuneration Committee Report 
46 Directors’ Remuneration Report 
54 Directors’ Report 
57 Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities 
58 Independent Auditors’ Report 

For more information on  
Trinity Exploration & Production visit 
trinityexploration.com

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Annual Report & Financial Statements 2022

Highlights of 2022

1

l Strategic Report  
Governance 
Financial Accounts 
Glossary 
Company Information

Sales (bopd) 

2,975 

(2021: 3,006 bopd)

Operating Profit before  
SPT, Impairments and  
Exceptional Items (USD) 

$19.0m 

(2021: $9.3m USD)1

Adjusted EBITDA (before hedge costs) 
(APM Result) (USD) 

Profit before income  
taxation (USD) 

$35.1m 

(2021: $21.1m USD) 

$2.5m 

(2021: $3.0m USD)

Adjusted EBITDA (after hedge costs) 
(APM Result) (USD) 

$24.7m 

(2021: $19.8m USD)

Adjusted EBIDA after Current  
Taxes (APM Result) (USD) 

$12.3m 

(2021: $14.8m USD)

Cash generated from continuing 
operations (USD) 

$12.0m 

(2021: $12.6m USD)

Cash flow used in 
investing activities (USD) 

$15.6m 

(2021: $13.8m USD)

Total year-end cash  
(USD) 

$12.1m 

(2021: $18.3m USD)

Note:  

Refer to the Financial Review Section 16 to 23 for additional information. 

1.

Covid 19 expenses in prior year reclassified as operating expenses.

2

Trinity Exploration & Production plc                                           

Highlights of 2022 (continued)  

2P Reserves + 2C Resources* 

Total Year End 

2P

2C

Total

West Coast 

2P 

2C

Total

Onshore 

2P 

2C

Total

East Coast  

2P 

2C

Total

Note:  

*

2022 Management estimates for reserves and resources

                       2022
                    mmstb

               17.96

              48.88

              66.84

                       2022
                    mmstb

                 2.17

                3.45

                 5.62

                       2022
                    mmstb

                6.53

                8.62

                15.15

                       2022
                    mmstb

                9.26

               36.81

              46.07

2021 
mmstb 

19.73 

47.22 

66.95 

2021 
mmstb 

2.70 

3.01 

5.71 

2021 
mmstb 

7.26 

3.82 

11.08 

2021 
mmstb 

9.77 

40.39 

50.16

 
 
 
Annual Report & Financial Statements 2022

Chairman & CEO Statement 

3

l Strategic Report 
Governance 
Financial Accounts 
Glossary 
Company Information

Strategic Performance 

During 2022 Trinity put in place the foundations for an  
ambitious growth programme, developing a series of catalysts 
to drive shareholder value that we are now starting to execute  
in 2023. This important process has involved taking tough 
decisions based on identifying the most efficient allocation  
of capital across the portfolio. 

We chose not to pursue several initiatives which we had 
previously been exploring, such as the Jubilee field off the 
West Coast and NWD deeper play, and instead decided to 
focus on three key initiatives which we believe have the 
potential to deliver meaningful value for shareholders. 

additional growth opportunities for Trinity and we 
continue to engage with Government in a constructive 
way, as we believe further reform is necessary to achieve 
the Government’s aim to stimulate greater activity levels 
across our sector.  

First, the Company has matured its understanding of the 
deeper prospectivity across its onshore portfolio using 
the 3D seismic which we had acquired to map nine 
'Hummingbird' prospects across its Palo Seco assets. In 
May 2023 we commenced the first well, Jacobin, the start 
of an ambitious, risk-appropriate exploration programme 
that we hope will fast-track the monetisation of these 
substantial resources. In a success case, this will generate 
material growth for our shareholders, further de-risk this 
potentially extensive play across our existing acreage and 
allow us to quickly evaluate the significant potential in the 
Buenos Ayres block offered in the 2022 Onshore and 
Nearshore Competitive Bid Round. 

Second, during 2022, the Company participated in the 
2022 Onshore and Nearshore Competitive Bid Round, 
bidding for the Buenos Ayres block, which is located 
immediately to the west of Trinity’s existing Palo Seco 
interests, comprising Blocks WD5-6, WD-2 and PS-4  
and, at its closest, is only around 500 metres from the 
Company’s existing sub-licences. If awarded, Trinity 
intends to take advantage of its unique understanding  
of the stratigraphy in this area onshore Trinidad, where 
there are strong analogues to the Company’s existing 
acreage, to quickly progress from drilling to production. 
As an Exploration and Production licence, Buenos Ayres 
would benefit from better commercial and fiscal terms 
than the Lease Operatorship Agreements; principally, no 
overriding royalty payable, instead state-owned Heritage 
participating as a joint venture partner with a 15% working 
interest carried through the exploration phase.  

Third, having paused the Galeota farm-out process, we 
initiated an in-depth review of the opportunities across 
the offshore Galeota block, including the existing Trintes 
producing field, to formulate a revised development plan 
that offers greater capital efficiency and shorter 
development and payback timelines, with the aim of 
avoiding significant dilution for existing shareholders.  
This work continues in 2023 and we aim to finalise the 
development option in order to progress by Q4 this year.  

In addition to progressing each of these attractive 
opportunities, Trinity has continued to lobby the 
Trinidadian Government to take the steps necessary to 
stimulate activity in the energy sector. As well as the 
successfully completed 2022 Onshore and Nearshore 
Competitive Bid Round, we welcomed the fiscal changes 
that were introduced, particularly changes to 
Supplemental Petroleum Tax (“SPT”), announced in 
September 2022 which took effect from 1 January 2023. 
This positive approach from the Government will provide 

Operating Performance 

Trinity delivered a robust operating performance in 2022 
which continues to highlight the strength and resilience of 
our core business. We delivered production for the year 
within guidance, and we remain on track to progress our 
growth agenda in 2023. 

Group net sales for 2022 were 2,975 bopd (2021: 3,006 
bopd). Trinity managed to substantially mitigate natural 
production decline through a programme including; 3 new 
wells, 17 RCPs, 120 Workovers, swabbing across its asset 
base, including the recently acquired PS-4, and improved 
production monitoring using automation and revised 
completion strategies.  

The Company’s investment in technology to automate 
and remotely optimise over 50% of its production is 
proving to be effective, helping to ensure steady 
production whilst minimising non-productive downtime. 
The Company aims to extend this automation to an 
additional 37 onshore wells during 2023, which would 
result in the proportion of Group production covered by 
automation rising from 50% to approximately 80%.  

Three new development wells were drilled and completed 
during H2 2022. Initial production levels for the three  
wells were on prognosis but subsequent performance 
was below plan and increased supply chain costs have 
impaired the economic potential of conventional drilling. 
The data acquired through this campaign is helpful, 
however, and is currently being used to revise our  
plans for future drilling campaigns. 

Financial Performance 

Our 2022 financial results demonstrate the Company’s 
resilience despite encountering significant external 
headwinds. Adjusted EBITDA for the year was USD 24.7 
million (2021: USD 19.8 million) and cash resources were 
USD 12.1 million (2021: USD 18.3 million) at year-end.  

Global supply chain pressures and cost inflation saw our 
operating breakeven nudge above USD 30.0/bbl (to USD 
32.1/bbl) (2021: USD 29.2/bbl) for the first time in seven 
years. This still represents a relatively low operating  
cost, which provides a buffer in times of low oil prices. 
Nevertheless, we are continuing to experience inflationary 
pressures within the supply chain and are working with 
our contractors and partners proactively to manage our 
cost base and execute our development programme in  
a cost-effective manner.  

 
 
4

Trinity Exploration & Production plc                                           

Chairman & CEO Statement (continued)  

In 2022, in line with previous years, we hedged around 
50% of our production to counteract the impact of low oil 
prices and the impact of SPT which, prior to the recent 
reforms, was at its most punitive when realised oil prices 
were between USD 50.01 and USD 55.0 per barrel. The 
hedging programme, put in place during 2021 to shield 
the Company from the possibility of weaker oil prices, 
worked against us in 2022 when prices rose sharply in 
response to Russia’s invasion of Ukraine. This resulted in  
a cash payment for hedging of USD 10.4 million for the 
year (compared to USD 1.3 million in 2021). The Company 
has elected to remain unhedged moving into 2023. 

Returns to Shareholders 

Following the share capital re-organisation undertaken  
in 2021, to restore distributable reserves at PLC level,  
the Board sanctioned two share buyback programmes  
in 2022, commencing in September/October 2022 to 
repurchase up to USD 2.0 million in shares. The second 
share buyback concluded at the end of April 2023.  
The first and second share buyback acquired 1,432,000 
shares, representing 3.6% of our issued share capital  
for USD 2.0 million, terms which the Board believes are 
accretive to shareholder value. A third share buyback  
was announced on 28 April 2023 to return up to  
USD 1.0 million to shareholders of the Company. 

The Board believes that consistent returns to 
shareholders should be an important driver for capital and 
operational discipline whilst not impeding the Company's 
growth potential, and has accordingly affirmed a new 
Capital Allocation Policy which will comprise payment  
of a modest but sustainable dividend and the scope for 
additional distributions in the form of share buybacks  
or special dividends. Going forward, the Board intends  
to aim to distribute 15% of operating cash flow to 
shareholders, for each calendar year when the realised  
oil price is USD 80/bbl and below, and at least 20% of 
operating cash flow for each calendar year when the 
realised price is above USD 80/bbl. This is expected to 
include a total dividend (split 1/3 interim, 2/3 final) of  
1.5p per share, provided the realised price is at least  
USD 50/bbl. It is expected that the maiden interim 
dividend will be declared following publication of the 2023 
interim results, in Q3 2023, followed by a final dividend 
being declared following publication of the 2023 
preliminary results in Q2 2024. 

HSSE and ESG performance 

HSSE performance remains a high priority for Trinity, and 
at the beginning of 2022 an HSSE Improvement Plan was 
developed to enhance the existing HSSE Management 
System. Key elements of this plan included creating a 
Steering Committee, chaired by the CEO, developing  
a monthly HSSE Scorecard of key leading and lagging 
indicators that is disseminated throughout the 
organisation, the introduction of an ongoing Critical  
Safety Rule campaign and more focus on contractor 
management and inclusion. The HSSE Team was 
instrumental in achieving Safe To Work ("STOW") 
recertification for a further two years with a score of  
100%. Unfortunately, we recorded two Lost Time Incidents 
in 2022. Since then, we have bolstered our incident 
investigation procedure to ensure that actions and lessons 
learnt are being implemented throughout the organisation.

During 2022, we also commenced the quantification of our 
Scope 1 and 2 emissions across all assets; established the 
Bruce Dingwall Memorial Scholarship (in memory of our 
Founder and former Executive Chairman) for Caribbean 
nationals pursuing studies in Geoscience; and we continued 
to foster partnerships with our fence line communities 
through the sponsorship of awards for excellence in 
education to students undertaking the 11+ examinations. 

Cyber Incident 

In December 2022 Trinity was subject to a ransomware 
attack, something that is becoming increasingly 
commonplace across all businesses and geographies. We 
responded quickly and comprehensively to this external 
attack on our business. Our production facilities remained 
safe and continued to produce. We suffered a temporary 
disruption to our administrative systems, but Trinity’s IT 
team and our external advisers have returned systems to 
full capacity incorporating changes and learnings from the 
incident and embedding more resilient IT infrastructure, 
cybersecurity systems and procedures.  

Organisational changes 

The Board and management team was restructured  
and strengthened in 2021 following the untimely passing 
of our founder and Executive Chairman Bruce Dingwall, 
CBE. During 2022 the management team was further 
reinforced by the recruitment of Julian Kennedy (Chief 
Financial Officer), Alistair Green (Development Manager) 
and, more recently, Mark Kingsley (Chief Operating 
Officer). We welcome them all and look forward to  
driving the business forward with their assistance. Angus 
Winther has completed two full terms as a Director and 
specifically in the role of the Audit Committee Chairman.   
Therefore, he has decided not to stand for re-election at 
this forthcoming Annual General Meeting which coincides 
with Angus taking on greater levels of responsibility  
in other roles outside of Trinity. We want to express  
our thanks and that of our fellow Directors for his 
conscientious stewardship of the Audit Committee  
since he joined the Board in 2017. 

Thanks 

Your Board is appreciative of the support we continue  
to receive from shareholders during what are very 
demanding and complex times. On behalf of the Board, 
we must also thank our employees and suppliers for their 
commitment which has allowed Trinity to deliver its core 
business in a safe manner while positioning the Company 
to hopefully move into a period of growth.  

In summary, following significant challenges 
experienced by Trinity in 2021, 2022 proved to be  
a year of consolidation and focus, resulting in the 
identification of numerous near-term and medium-term 
catalysts to drive growth and value. We will continue to 
advance these during 2023, with a view to generating 
meaningful returns for shareholders.  

Nicholas Clayton                     Jeremy Bridglalsingh 
Non-Executive Chairman        Chief Executive Officer

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Annual Report & Financial Statements 2022

Our Business Strategy & Model

5

l Strategic Report 
Governance 
Financial Accounts 
Glossary 
Company Information

Why Invest in Trinity? 

Our Business Strategy 

We are a forward-thinking company, harnessing the 
benefits of new datasets, software, processes and 
technologies to drive efficiency and responsibly deliver 
hydrocarbon-based energy. Trinity’s investment case  
is based upon resilient, low-cost production; near term, 
deliverable catalysts with the potential to achieve 
incremental growth; and a medium-term hopper  
of organic opportunities capable of delivering 
transformational growth. On behalf of our shareholders, 
we are focused on delivering significant growth in 
production and free cash flow, allowing us to pursue  
new growth opportunities and deliver sustainable returns 
to shareholders. Our strategy and business model are 
designed to deliver this core objective. 

Our objective is for Trinity to be a leading independent 
energy producer, capable of delivering meaningful and 
sustainable growth in shareholder value. 

Our core strategic priorities are: 

•

•

Safely optimising the value to be derived from our 
current producing assets. 

Deploying growth capital to economically attractive 
and fundable projects based on developing 
undeveloped reserves and resources.  

Our Business Model 

Our business model is designed to enable Trinity to 
deliver our strategy whilst working closely and 
respectfully with all stakeholders in an ethical and 
transparent manner.

We strive to ensure that our business can endure 
uncertainties and grow value throughout oil price cycles 
and changes to the macro-environment by operating 
safely and responsibly, persevering and innovating  
and exercising financial and capital efficiency. 

OP ERATE SAFELY
& RESPONSIBLY

EFFICIENCY &
INNOVATION

FINANCIAL &
CAPITAL DISCIPLINE

PRIORITISE HSSE 
• 

PRESERVE THE INTEGRITY  
OF OUR ASSET BASE 
• 

PROTECT OUR PEOPLE, OUR 
COMMUNITY AND THE ENVIRONMENT 
• 

MAINTAIN STRONG RELATIONSHIPS 
WITH THE GOVERNMENT  
AND PARTNERS  
• 

CONSISTENTLY EARN THE  
RIGHT TO OPERATE

ACTIVE MANAGEMENT  
OF OPERATING PROCEDURES  
ACROSS ASSETS 
• 

OPTIMISE COMMERCIAL TERMS ON 
OUR EXISTING ASSETS 
• 

USE AUTOMATION AND DATA 
ANALYTICS TO MAXIMISE EFFICIENCY 
• 

INCREASED FOCUS ON ESG 
REPORTING AND TRANSITION 
TECHNOLOGIES 
• 

DEVELOP COMPLEMENTARY 
STRATEGIC PARTNERSHIPS

RIGOROUS COST MANAGEMENT TO 
MAINTAIN ATTRACTIVE OPERATING 
MARGINS 
• 

MAINTAIN A STRONG BALANCE SHEET 
THROUGH INVESTING IN PROJECTS 
WITH LIMITED PAYBACK PERIODS AND 
ATTRACTIVE CASH RETURNS  
• 

ENGAGE WITH SHAREHOLDERS AND 
OTHER POTENTIAL CAPITAL 
PROVIDERS  
• 

DELIVER VALUE TO SHAREHOLDERS 
THROUGH SHARE PRICE 
APPRECIATION, BUYBACKS AND 
DIVIDENDS.

 
6

Trinity Exploration & Production plc                                           

Operations Review

The Group achieved net sales of 2,975 bopd in 2022 (2021: 
3,006 bopd). Investments into production related to 
activities, such as three new infill wells, RCPs, workovers 
and swabbing, together with greater automation and 
monitoring of our key wells, enabled the Company to 
deliver annual production rate in line with the prior year, 
thereby largely offsetting the expected natural field decline 
rate of between 7% and 10%.  

Figure 1:  
2022 vs 2021 Annual, Half Year and Quarterly Sales Breakdown 

3500

3000

2500

2000

1500

1000

500

bopd

0

255

269

249

288

244

254

261

361

1107

1051

1037

1065

1015

1058

1074

1056

1644

1655

1688

1623

1669

1707

1656

1589

12m
2021

12m
2022

H1
2022

H2
2022

Q1
2022

Q2
2022

Q3
2022

Q4
2022

Figure 2:  
2022 daily reported production volume chart illustrates the production across each of the assets by location 

4000

3500

3000

2500

2000

1500

1000

500

bopd

0

Jan
2022

Feb
2022

Mar
2022

Apr
2022

May
2022

Jun
2022

Jul
2022

Aug
2022

Sept
2022

Oct
2022

Nov
2022

Dec
2022

l Onshore 
l East Coast 
l West Coast

7

l Strategic Report 
Governance 
Financial Accounts 
Glossary 
Company Information

In 2023, Trinity intends to manage its base production 
through additional automation of wells, further RCP 
activity, re-evaluation of the inactive well hopper,  
and swabbing. Trinity’s use of automation to optimise 
production and costs continues to meet our objectives. 
The three new wells drilled in 2022 contributed 20 bopd 
to the annual average. 

East Coast Assets 
Current East Coast production is generated from the 
Alpha, Bravo and Delta platforms in the Trintes field 
located in the Galeota block.  

Average net sales for 2022 from the East Coast were  
1,051 bopd (2021: 1,107 bopd) which accounts for 35%  
of Group sales for the period. A total of 23 workovers  
in 2022 (2021: 16) were conducted across the assets 
focusing on optimising and stabilising production from  
all wells via a data-driven strategy utilising automation. 
Chemical injection initiatives were also deployed to 
counteract increased solids deposition in mature wells. 

The Galeota licence has significant growth potential from 
undeveloped reserves and resources in the Trintes field 
and broader development of the Galeota block.  

Having paused the Galeota farm-out process in May  
2022, the Company initiated an in-depth review of the 
opportunities across the offshore Galeota block, including 
the existing Trintes producing field, to formulate a revised 
development plan that offers greater capital efficiency 
and shorter development and payback timelines. 

Annual Report & Financial Statements 2022

Onshore Assets 
Trinity’s onshore assets comprise the lease 
operatorship blocks: WD-5/6, WD-2 and PS-4 (together 
“Palo Seco”), FZ-2, WD-13, WD-14 (together “Forest 
Reserve”) and one farmout block, Tabaquite. 

The average net sales for 2022 was 1,655 bopd (2021: 
1,644 bopd) which accounts for 56% of our total annual 
sales. A breakdown of the sales by block is shown in the 
table below.  

Table 1:  
2022 vs 2021 Onshore Sales breakdown by block 

                                                                                           2021               2022 
                                                                                   Avg Sales        Avg Sales 
Block                                                                                 (bopd)             (bopd) 

Palo Seco                                          
WD-5/6                                                     1,050         1,004 
WD-2                                                           246            258 
PS-4*                                                               4              63 

Forest Reserve                                 
FZ-2                                                              122             117 
WD-13                                                            95            109 
WD-14                                                           110            100 

Tabaquite                                          
Tabaquite                                                       17                4 

Annual Average                                       1,644         1,655 

Note PS-4* was acquired on 1 Dec 2021 at an average monthly  
rate of 52 bopd 

Trinity drilled 3 new onshore development wells in 2022 
(2021: nil), completed 17 RCPs (2021: 7), 1 sand control job 
(2021: 5), and 86 workovers (2021: 74), which, together 
with the inclusion of PS-4 for the full year, resulted in a 
modest uplift in our onshore production for the year as  
a whole.  

Table 2:  
2022 Onshore Work Programme Breakdown by Block 

                                           New                  Re- 
Block                                  Wells    completions       Workovers                 SCN 

Palo Seco                                                                                
WD-5/6                        1                0              38                0 
WD-2                            1                2                3                0 
PS-4                             0                5               17                0 

Forest Reserve                                                                       
FZ-2                             0                7               12                0 
WD-13                           1                 1                9                0 
WD-14                         0                2                7                 1 

Tabaquite                                                                            
Tabaquite                    0                0                0                0 

Total                            3               17               86                 1 

 
 
 
8

Trinity Exploration & Production plc                                           

Operations Review (continued)  

West Coast Assets 

West Coast production is generated from the Point 
Ligoure-Guapo Bay- Brighton Marine (“PGB”) and 
Brighton Marine (“BM”) licence areas.  

West Coast net sales averaged 269 bopd in 2022 (2021: 
255 bopd) which accounted for 9% of the Group’s total 
annual average sales. This was a 5% year on year increase 
on the 2021 average. The increase was achieved through 
increased swabbing activity via 10 conversions to swab 
workovers in 2022 (2021: nil) conducted across the 
assets. Subsequent to the period end, in March 2023, 
ABM-151, was producing at a managed rate of 140 bopd, 
higher than the expected range of 60 to 110 bopd, 
thereby significantly improving the economics of our 
West Coast assets in 2023.  

                                                                                           2021               2022 
                                                                                   Avg Sales        Avg Sales 
Block                                                                                 (bopd)             (bopd) 

Brighton                                                        155             158 
PGB (70%)                                                   100              111 

Total                                                            255            269 

Facilities Management and Infrastructure  

In 2022, the Facilities team focused on asset integrity, 
welfare initiatives and projects supporting production. 

On Trintes, the Company replaced gratings on offshore 
platform production decks and improved key electrical 
equipment on the Alpha, Bravo and Delta platforms, 
resulting in the repurposing of floor space allowing for 
better access and more efficient use of the work area. 
Accommodation units were replaced, fuel and water 
tanks were upgraded and repositioned for better  
use of the available space.  

The construction of a new 10,000 bbl storage tank to 
accommodate production from the Trintes field was 86% 
complete at the end of 2022. The project experienced 
some delays but is now expected to be fully operational 
in Q2-2023. 

Activities for the Onshore and West Coast operations 
focused on upgrading welfare facilities and construction 
of a new crow’s nest to support the ABM-151 well 
reactivation. 

In total, the team progressed 40 projects of which 32 
were completed by the end of 2022 and 8 rolled over  
in 2023.  

Facilities Management and Infrastructure spend in 2022 
was USD 4.0 million (comprising East Coast – USD 2.9 
million, West Coast – USD 0.7 million and Onshore –  
USD 0.4 million). 

Onshore Drilling 

Trinity’s onshore development drilling campaign during 
2022 comprised three wells drilled in the second half of 
the year (one well in each of WD-5/6, WD-2 and WD-13) 
targeting Lower Forest and Upper Cruse reservoirs. 
Supply chain challenges and inflationary pressures 
significantly increased the cost of drilling and impaired 
economics. While we encountered reservoir in all wells 
broadly on prognosis, we observed higher than expected 
depletion in all three which resulted in stabilised 
production rates being lower than predicted. Our 
intention is to manage the wells’ up-hole potential to 
maximise the economic recovery. Data acquired from the 
2022 drilling campaign and the performance of these 
wells will be incorporated into our regional model to de-
risk and re-prioritise future infill development candidates.  

Reserves and Resources 

A comprehensive reserves and resources review of all 
assets has been completed by Management which 
estimates Trinity’s current 2P reserves to be 17.96 mmstb 
at the end of 2022, compared to the year-end 2021 
reserve estimate of 19.73 mmstb. This represents a 9% 
year-on-year decrease. The overall decrease in reserves of 
1.77 mmstb comprise 1.09 mmstb produced in 2022 and 
revisions, including re-categorisation of reserves from 2P 
to 2C of 0.68 mmstb. Factoring in the 2022 produced 
volume of 1.09 mmstb, the 2P year-on-year decline is 3.4%.

Brent Forward Price Deck applied to Reserves Economic Limit Testing from Britannic Trading LLC 
as at 3 January 2023 

(USD/bbl)

Price Strip

2023

2024

2025

2026

2027

2028

2029

2030

2031 

82.13

77.09

73.50

70.83

68.78

67.85

68.31

67.50

68.72 

 
 
 
Annual Report & Financial Statements 2022

9

l Strategic Report 
Governance 
Financial Accounts 
Glossary 
Company Information

Management considers the reserves presented in the table below to be its best estimate as at 31 December 2022 of  
the quantity of reserves that can be recovered from Trinity’s current assets. It includes forecasted production, which is 
commercially recoverable, either to licence/relevant permitted extension end or earlier via the application of the economic 
limit test. The subsurface review has defined investment programmes and constituent drilling targets to commercialise 
these reserves as detailed by asset area shown in the table: 

Unaudited 2022 2P Reserves  

Net Oil Reserves

Asset
Onshore
West Coast
East Coast

Total

Note: 

31 December
2021
mmstb

Production
mmstb

Revisions
mmstb

31 December 
2022 
mmstb 

7.26
2.70
9.77

19.73

(0.60)
(0.11)
(0.38)

(1.09)

(0.13)
(0.42)
(0.13)

(0.68)

6.53 
2.17 
9.26 

17.96 

•

•

The 2022 produced volume of 1.09 mmstb accounts for 61.6% of the overall 2P decrease in 2022 compared to 2021. 

Revisions: 

Onshore: FZ-2 +0.22 mmstb and WD-14 +0.26 mmstb, due to Economic Limit Testing. Onshore sub-licences decrease  
(-0.61 mmstb) due to uneconomic infills.  

West Coast: Reactivation of ABM-151 in March 2023 and revised IP of 80 bopd; +0.15 mmstb. Reallocation of infill wells from 2P to 2C category  
(-0.20 mmstb). PGB base decreased -0.37 mmstb.  

East Coast: Reduced base performance due to decreased well performance from key producers in Trintes (-0.78 mmstb). Reduced RCP 2P from 2021 to 
2022 mainly due to reduced RCP count (-0.07 mmstb). Reclassification of three conventional infill wells from the Echo FDP back to Trintes development 2P 
reserves. +0.72 mmstb.  

Management’s Estimate of 2C Resources 
as at 31 December 2022 

Net Oil Resources

Asset 
Onshore
West Coast
East Coast

Total

Note: 

31 December
2021
mmstb

Revisions
mmstb

31 December 
2022 
mmstb 

3.82
3.01
40.39

47.22

4.80
0.44
(3.58)

1.66

8.62 
3.45 
36.81 

48.88 

•

•

•

Onshore: 
Recently concluded 3D seismic mapping work across WD-5/6, WD-2, PS-4 assets has redefined the subsurface structure/model resulting in the addition of 
2C resources +4.80 mmstb in Year End 2022. 

West Coast:  
Reallocation of infill wells from 2P to 2C category across West Coast +0.44 mmstb 

East Coast: 
Year End 2021 most likely case of 12-well development inclusive of three Trintes infills re-categorised at Year End 2022 as part of Trintes development 2P 
rather than as Echo 2C (-3.58 mmstb)  

Management’s Estimate of Reserves and Resources 
as at 31 December 2022 

Asset
Onshore
West Coast
East Coast

Total

2022
2P
Reserves
mmstb

2022
2C
Resources
mmstb

2022
2P Reserves
 and 2C
Resources
mmstb

2021 
2P Reserves 
 and 2C 
Resources 
mmstb 

6.53
2.17
9.26

17.96

8.62
3.45
36.81

48.88

15.15
5.62
46.07

66.84

11.08 
5.71 
50.16 

66.95

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
10

Trinity Exploration & Production plc                                           

Stakeholder Engagement

Trinity has a broad range of stakeholders, including 
institutional and individual investors, financial institutions, 
employees, customers, suppliers and contractors, business 
partners, local communities and regulators, each with its own 
priorities and interests in what we do. We understand that 
identifying what is important to each of them enables us to 
work more effectively as a business, so our Board is 
committed to regular stakeholder engagement.  

The Board recognises the need to balance the different and sometimes 
contrasting interests of our stakeholder groups and we believe that the 
Board has acted in accordance with its duties as codified in law. In the table 
below we provide examples of our stakeholder engagement activity.

Who

Why

What

How we interact and respond

Stakeholder  
Group

Shareholders  
and Investors

Why it is  
important to  
engage

Key Issues /  
Significant topics  
raised

Responsible

Websites, 
online 
platforms1

Social 
media2

AGMs, 
Site Visits 
and 
Road- 
shows

One 
on one 
meetings 
and 
interactive 
sessions

Emails, 
Newsletters, 
Employee 
Manual, 
Policies  
and  

Memos

Surveys

Operating, financial and 
ESG performance. 

Board  
& EMT 

l3 l3 l3 l3

l3

Growth strategy and new 
business.  

Major project initiatives.  

Strategic and 
organisational changes.

The primary 
communication tool with 
our shareholders is 
Regulatory News Service 
and the Group’s website, 
www.trinityexploration.com. 
Specifically, in relation to 
shareholders, both retail 
investor events and 
institutional investor 
meetings take place during 
the year to provide 
updates and receive 
feedback.

Financial  
Institution

Meetings coordinated as 
required. 

Employees

Formal correspondence 
issued as required.

Quarterly performance and 
ad hoc feedback meetings 
with employees. 

Monthly departmental  
‘focal points’ meetings. 

Operate an independent 
whistleblowing policy. 

Company town halls and 
pulse surveys.  

Customers 
(Heritage)

Quarterly review 
meetings are held with 
Heritage for sub-
licenses. Operating and 
Technical committee 
meetings in accordance 
with Joint operating 
agreements. 

Routine and non-routine 
banking transactions and 
general feedback.

EMT  
& Staff

Operating, financial and 
ESG performance. 

Board  
& EMT 

l3

l3

l3

l3

l3 l3

l3 l3

Growth strategy and  
new business. 

Major project initiatives.  

Strategic and 
organisational changes. 

Training and 
development. 
Remuneration. 

HSSE training, reviews 
and updates. 

Team building sessions.

Safety performance. 

Training. 

Effluent results. 

EMT  
& Staff

l3

l3 l3

l3

Production performance in 
relation to MWOs/MPLs, 
ESDs, swab wells, future 
plans. 

Inspections of facilities/wells. 
Major project initiatives.

 
 
Annual Report & Financial Statements 2022

11

l Strategic Report 
Governance 
Financial Accounts 
Glossary 
Company Information

Who

Why

What

How we interact and respond

Stakeholder  
Group

Why it is  
important to  
engage

Key Issues /  
Significant topics  
raised

Suppliers and 
Contractors

Meetings coordinated as 
required. 

Formal correspondence 
issued to suppliers when 
processes and procedures 
are being revised and 
standardised.

Working conditions. 

Review and assessments. 

HSSE discussions on issues 
and improvement.

Websites, 
online 
platforms1

l3

Responsible

EMT  
& Staff

AGMs, 
Site Visits 
and 
Road- 
shows

One 
on one 
meetings 
and 
interactive 
sessions

Social 
media2

Emails, 
Newsletters, 
Employee 
Manual, 
Policies  
and  

Memos

Surveys

l3

l3

Partnerships

Meetings coordinated as 
required. 

Strategic review and 
assessments. 

EMT  
& Staff

Formal correspondence 
issued as required.

General negotiations.  

Discussion and working 
groups.

l3

l3

l3 l3

l3

l3

Respect for local values 
and traditions. 

EMT

Community development 
initiatives, including those 
to stimulate economic 
development. 

Employment and 
procurement 
opportunities.

Communities

Government & 
Regulators

Host formal and ad-hoc 
public consultations in 
order to understand and 
discuss local peoples’ 
concerns. 

Support schools and less 
fortunate families.  

Operate grievance 
mechanisms to address 
community concerns.

Direct engagement with 
local, regional and 
national government 
authorities regarding 
operations, 
environmental issues, 
permitting and other 
relevant topics.  

Provide monthly reports 
to MEEI. 

Reports to EMA. 

Meeting with BIR as 
required for payments 
and also discussions on 
fiscal reform.

1
2

(lived and recorded interviews and corporate presentations) 
(Twitter, LinkedIn)

EMT 
& Staff

l3

l3 l3

l3

Compliance with 
applicable laws and 
regulations. 

Employment 
opportunities and  
labour rights. 

Health and safety. 

Environmental 
stewardship. 

Licences and permitting. 

Taxation and royalties.

 
 
 
 
 
12

Trinity Exploration & Production plc                                           

Environmental Social Governance (ESG)  

Trinity recognises the importance of Environmental Social 
Governance and has taken a deliberate decision to embark  
on this transitional journey as a responsible employer and 
corporate citizen with the aim of preserving our environment 
and remaining relevant as a hydrocarbon operator while we 
deliver on our business strategy.  

Our ESG strategy comprises three core areas of focus: 
Emissions & Transition, Community, and Environment 
which are all interconnected and interdependent.  
These areas of focus further define our core values of 
Behaviour, Rigour, Purpose, and our business model, 
which is designed to enable Trinity to deliver our  
strategy whilst working closely and respectfully with  
all stakeholders in an ethical and transparent manner. 

Each of the three pillars of our business model - 
Operating Safely & Responsibly, Efficiency & Innovation, 
and Financial & Capital Discipline - have integral ESG 
elements that help us to deliver our goals with purpose. 

In early 2022, we finalised our HSSE Strategy and 
Framework and proceeded to plan the way forward, 
towards the implementation of workstreams designed to 
achieve our goals. We recognise that our ESG ambitions 
will take some time and effort to realise, but Management 
agreed that Trinity’s near-term priorities should be to 
focus on establishing a baseline for our Scope 1 and the 
main Scope 2 emissions baseline while continuing our 
social initiatives and improving on our already robust 
governance structure. 

There were many highlights in 2022 as we progressed  
our ESG Strategy and Initiatives. These include but are 
not limited to the following: 

Environmental 
l3 Measurement of Scope 1  

and main Scope 2 emissions 

Social 
l3 Sponsorship of awards for 
educational excellence 

l3 Wind and Solar  
Study underway 

l3 Co-ordinated Toy Drive for 

250+ children  

l3 HSSE Improvement Plan 
successfully implemented 

l3 Social Committee established 
and social calendar developed 

l3 Chemical Management Audit 
completed and opportunities 
for improvement implemented 

l3 Crisis & Emergency 
Management Review 
undertaken

l3 Employee benefits (Pension, 
Medical, Life Insurance) 

l3 Free Access to Employee 
Assistance Program 

Governance 
l3 Trinidad and Tobago  
STOW recertification  
obtained – 100% score 

l3 Robust HSSE Governance 
Structure further improved 

l3 HSSE contractor  

management enhanced 

l3 Annual Compliance  
Rollouts effected 

l3 Whistleblowing Policy in place 

l3 Flexi week for Corporate Staff 

in place

l3 Established Grievance 
Procedure in place 

l3 Board Champion Appointed 

Annual Report & Financial Statements 2022

13

l Strategic Report 
Governance 
Financial Accounts 
Glossary 
Company Information

Robust HSSE Management Framework 

Environment 

Trinity remains focused on maintaining a robust HSSE 
Management Framework. Significant effort is devoted to 
continuously improving existing processes and systems  
in pursuit of United Nations Sustainable Development 
Goals (“UN SDG”) 3: Good Health and Well Being. Trinity 
recorded 1,043,780 manhours with 0 fatalities in 2022. 
Unfortunately, we recorded two Lost Time Incidents  
in 2022. Since then, we have bolstered our incident 
investigation procedure to ensure that actions and 
lessons learnt are being implemented throughout  
the organisation. 

Our continued focus on a strong HSSE culture has allowed 
us to sustain a reporting standard above what is required 
by local regulations. Some highlights of our HSSE 
Management Framework are:  

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

-

-

-

-

-

Active Governance Committees comprising an 
Executive Management Steering Committee and  
a multidiscipline Tactical Committee. The latter has 
been expanded to include field personnel so that 
there is continuous feedback from our Operations. 

Achieved the Trinidad and Tobago Energy  
Chamber’s STOW recertification with a score  
of 100% compliance. 

Consistent and Visible Leadership. Instilling positive 
HSSE culture by consistent Leadership presence 
throughout our operations aimed at winning hearts 
and minds by tapping into employees’ emotions to 
inspire them. 

Successful implementation of our 2022 HSSE 
Improvement Plan with the introduction of: 

A monthly standardised HSSE Scorecard that 
gives visibility throughout the Company to our 
HSSE Performance  

Critical Safety Rules, each of which is the focus 
of a monthly campaign led by an Executive 
Manager 

Improved channels of internal and external  
HSSE communication 

Implementation of an approved 2023 Improvement 
Plan is in progress. 

Efforts continue towards the Company becoming  
ISO 45001:2018 compliant. 

Increased focus placed on Contractor Management 
with the implementation of Safety Villages and 
Contractor Forums to disseminate training, best 
practices and lessons learnt. 

Energy Transition & Innovation  

Trinity remains committed to the implementation of 
energy transition initiatives to become more climate and 
environmentally conscious in pursuit of the UN SDG 13 of 
Climate Action: Take urgent action to combat climate 
change and its impacts. 

We have embarked on addressing climate change 
through establishing a baseline for our Scope 1 and the 
main Scope 2 emissions as the first step of being able to 
develop an emissions reductions plan.. The challenge is 
that many of Trinity's assets include mature, brownfield 
sites, with aged infrastructure.  

Trinity committed to reviewing the Company’s emissions 
(Scope 1, 2 & 3) in 2022. This review resulted in the Board 
and Management focusing on establishing a baseline  
for all Scope 1 and the main Scope 2 emissions, which 
commenced during 2023 with measurement and 
quantification of these emissions based on an auditable 
plan using ISO-14064-3 as the standard for quantification. 
We took this as an opportunity to increase our internal 
capabilities by training a member of staff to be a Certified 
Internal Auditor for 2023.  

Scope 1 Emissions Quantification:  

•

This comprises emissions from all well sites, gathering 
stations, fuel tanks, diesel generators, produced 
liquids transport and Company vehicle fleet. The 
measuring programme will sample 34 wells across a 
range of producing lithologies and production rates 
onshore and offshore and also samples taken from 
different tanks. The vented gases will be laboratory 
analysed for their composition and the vented gas 
rates and volume will be directly measured via the 
use of calibrated vent bags. Vehicle emissions will  
be tested at source and distance travelled measured 
by GPS transceivers. Other Scope 1 emissions will  
be quantified via calculations, all measured against 
appropriate ISO-Standards.  

This comprises the emissions caused through power 
consumed at gathering stations, well sites and 
administrative offices and will be measured by 
directly clamping laboratory grade, calibrated 
equipment under the supervision of subject matter 
experts. 

The Scope 1 and 2 Emissions Quantification programmes 
will continue during 2023 and a plan for potential emission 
reductions will be developed. For Streamlined Energy  
& Carbon Reporting framework for UK operations, there  
is no requirement to report as energy use falls below  
40 MWh. 

An HSSE Audit Plan and associated training 

Scope 2 Emissions Quantification: 

A more rigorous training schedule 

•

 
 
14

Trinity Exploration & Production plc                                           

Environmental Social Governance (continued)  

•

•

4,196 hours of training have been provided to our 
staff and contractors with 69.1% of staff benefitting. 

A Social Committee from among Staff volunteers  
was established and a deliberate 2023 Social 
Calendar was developed that aligns to international 
observances and internal need. We have recognised 
that more initiatives were required to foster team 
spirit and camaraderie as we returned to office  
post the Covid 19 pandemic. The Committee has 
successfully executed on several initiatives including 
a Sports and Family Day and a Christmas Fun 
Afternoon for the children of Trinity’s employees. 

• Our Employee Reward and Recognition Programme 
profile has been lifted and has also been expanded 
to focus more on HSSE best practices. Approximately 
40 employees have benefitted from this initiative for 
their efforts during 2022. 

Responsible Corporate Citizen: 

•

•

•

Trinity, in conjunction with the University of the West 
Indies, has established the Bruce Ian Alan Dingwall 
(Trinity) Memorial Scholarship for students studying 
for qualifications in Geosciences. This tribute to our 
late Chairman is available for any Caribbean student 
who meets the established criteria set for the 
scholarship. The selection is undertaken by a Joint 
Committee comprising of various representatives 
including Mr. Jack Dingwall, the eldest son of Bruce 
Dingwall, CBE. 

For the third consecutive year Trinity has 
partnered with the Mayaro Past Pupils Association,  
a non-governmental organisation, to recognise 
excellence in education by sponsoring awards to 
students from the Mayaro/Guayaguayare 
communities who excelled at the Secondary  
Entrance Assessment Examinations. Thus far  
90 students have benefitted from our support.  

In December 2022 Trinity embarked on a Toy 
Drive whereby through staff contributions we  
were able to distribute 250+ presents and snack 
bags to underprivileged children in our fence line 
communities. 

Transitioning to a Lower Carbon Future 

In addition to Trinity’s intention to create an Emissions 
Reduction Plan post the establishment of our Scope 1  
and 2 emissions baseline, Trinity’s operational automation 
initiatives support our vision to evolve into a more 
efficient and cleaner business. These initiatives continued 
to be rolled out in 2022. Of note, key onshore and 
offshore wells were automated to drive efficiency, reduce 
intervention, improve safety, and reduce energy intensity.  

At the end of 2022, approximately 50% of Trinity’s 
production was automated using a remote monitoring 
surveillance centre allowing wells to be controlled via  
a Supervisory Control And Data Acquisition (“SCADA”) 
system. 

Based on the success of our 2021/2022 land well 
automation programme, the Company has taken the 
decision to expand the programme in 2023 to include  
an additional 30% of our total production. 

Social 

In pursuit of the UN SDG 3: Good Health and Well-Being, 
Goal 4: Quality Education and Goal 8: Decent Work and 
Economic Growth, our Board continues to place strong 
emphasis on our employees and the communities in which 
we operate. In this regard we not only placed focus on all 
stakeholder engagement but supported initiatives in 
alignment with these Goals. 

Responsible Stakeholder Engagement: 

Trinity continues to ensure that there is ongoing 
stakeholder engagement and reviews our levels of 
engagement continuously to ensure that they are 
effective and relevant. Refer to ‘Stakeholder  
Engagement’ section pages 10 to 11. 

Responsible Employer  

•

•

Trinity prides itself on being an equal opportunity and 
inclusive employer. We aim to be an employer of 
choice and have well-established programmes for 
recruitment, training and recognition/rewards. 

-

-

-

277 employees including full time and contract  
at end of December 2022. 

22% of all staff are female. 

24% of new hires in 2022 were females.  

Trinity continues to provide benefits to its staff  
in the form of a non-contributory pension, medical 
coverage as well as life insurance coverage and free 
access to a recognised Employee Assistance 
Programme.

 
 
 
 
15

l Strategic Report 
Governance 
Financial Accounts 
Glossary 
Company Information

Annual Report & Financial Statements 2022

Governance 

Trinity’s core values of behaviour, rigour and purpose, 
which align with the UN SDG 16: Peace, Justice and 
Strong Institutions, continue to influence Management’s 
efforts to maintain strong corporate governance as it 
conducts its business. 

Trinity has expanded its governance structure to support 
its ESG Strategy and this is in addition to robust policies 
(inclusive of Compliance, Whistleblowing, Gender, 
Diversity and Inclusion, Conflict of Interest and Code of 
Business Conduct), continuous training, risk management 
and due diligence guide how we realise good Governance 
within the business.  

Policies for honest, fair and professional business 

As an AIM quoted company, Trinity’s philosophy is to 
have a zero-tolerance approach to bribery and unethical 
behaviour by anyone associated with its business. Along 
with this position being clearly defined in our Employee 
Manual, various Compliance Policies (reviewed 
periodically) and all contracts, annual compliance rollouts 
are conducted to all members of staff to ensure ongoing 
awareness and a conflict-of-interest review is undertaken 
to ensure staff provide the necessary declarations. Trinity 
has adopted the highest standards in this regard as 
defined in the UK Bribery Act, UK AIM Market Rules,  
UK QCA Code, Disclosure and Transparency Rules  
and Know Your Client Procedures. 

Trinity has an established Grievance Procedure and  
a Whistleblowing Policy and Procedure in place. The  
latter provides the conduit for all Trinity employees to 
independently and anonymously report any conduct 
suspected to be wrongdoing or dangers in the 
operations. Reports are lodged to immediate supervisors, 
the Compliance Officer or the Chairman of the Audit 
Committee.

 
16

Trinity Exploration & Production plc                                           

Financial Review

KPI’s 

During 2022 the Group benefitted from higher oil prices and, combined with the Group’s robust cost control structure, 
resulted in Adjusted EBITDA (before hedge costs) increasing by 66% to USD 35.1 million (2021: USD 21.1 million). The crude 
oil hedges in place muted our upside exposure, although the Group delivered a resilient operating performance as shown 
by Adjusted EBITDA (after hedge costs) increasing by 25% to USD 24.7 million and IFRS Operating Profit before SPT doubling 
compared to 2021. 

A summary of the year-on-year operational and financial highlights are set out below:  

FY 2022

FY 2021

Change % 

Average realised oil price1

Average net production2

Revenues 

Cash balance 

IFRS Results 

Operating Profit before SPT

Total Comprehensive income for the year

Earnings Per Share – Diluted

APM Results 

Adjusted EBITDA (before hedge costs)3

Adjusted EBITDA (after hedge costs)4

Adjusted EBITDA (after hedge costs)5 

Adjusted EBITDA margin (after hedge costs)6

Adjusted EBIDA after Current Taxes7

Adjusted EBIDA after Current Taxes Per Share – Diluted

Consolidated operating break-even8 

Net cash plus working capital surplus9

Notes: 

USD/bbl

84.9

bopd

2,975 

USD million

USD million

USD million

USD million

USD cents

USD million

USD million

USD/bbl

%

USD million

US cents

USD/bbl

USD million

92.2 

12.1 

19.0 

0.1

0.0

35.1 

24.7 

22.7 

26.8

12.3 

30.6 

32.1 

14.2 

60.4

3,006

66.3

18.3

9.3

7.7

18.0 

21.1

19.8

18.0 

29.9 

14.8 

35.0 

29.2

20.8

41 

(1) 

39 

(34) 

104 

(99) 

(100) 

66 

25 

26 

(10) 

(17) 

(13) 

10 

(32) 

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

7.

8.

9.

Average realised price (USD/bbl): Actual price received for crude oil sales per barrel (“bbl”).  

Average net sales (bopd): Production sold in barrels per day in a given year.  

Adjusted EBITDA (before hedge) (USD MM): Adjusted EBITDA for the period, before Derivative expense. 

Adjusted EBITDA (USD MM): Operating Profit before Taxes for the period, adjusted for non-cash DD&A, SOE, ILFA, FX gain/(loss) and Fair Value Gains/Losses 
on Derivative Financial Instruments.  

Adjusted EBITDA (USD/bbl): Adjusted EBITDA/Annual sales volume.  

Adjusted EBITDA margin (%): Adjusted EBITDA/Revenues.  

Adjusted EBIDA after Current Taxes: Adjusted EBIDA less Supplemental Petroleum Taxes ("SPT"), Petroleum Profits Tax ("PPT") and Unemployment Levy ("UL").  

Consolidated operating break-even: The realised price/bbl where the Adjusted EBITDA/bbl for the Group is equal to zero.  

Net cash plus working capital surplus: Current Assets less Current Liabilities (other than Derivative financial asset / liability and Provision for other liabilities).  

Note (*): See Note 27 to Consolidated Financial Statements – Adjusted EBITDA for further details on page 106.  

 
 
 
 
Annual Report & Financial Statements 2022

17

l Strategic Report 
Governance 
Financial Accounts 
Glossary 
Company Information

Adjusted EBITDA Calculation 

Adjusted  EBITDA  is  an  Alternative  Performance  Measure  guideline  (“APM”)  used  by  the  Group  to  measure  business 
performance.  The  Group  presents  Adjusted  EBITDA  metrics  as  they  are  used  by  Management  to  assess  the  Group's 
underlying operational and financial performance.  

2022
USD MM

2021 
USD MM

Change % 

Operating Profit Before SPT, Impairment and Exceptional Items 

Add back realised hedge costs

DD&A

Share Option Expense

Impairment Losses on Financial Assets 

FX loss/(gain)

FV gain/(loss) on derivative financial instruments

Adjusted EBITDA (before hedge) 

Deduct realised hedge costs

Adjusted EBITDA (APM Result)

Current Taxes: 
SPT 

PPT and UL

Adjusted EBIDA after Current Taxes (APM Result)

Refer to Glossary for abbreviations. 

2022 Trading Summary 

19.0

10.4

7.6

0.6

0.0

0.4

(2.9)

35.1

(10.4)

24.7

(9.0)

(3.4)

12.3

9.3

1.3

7.4

0.6

(0.7)

0.0

3.2

21.1

(1.3)

19.8

(5.1)

(1.4)

13.3

104 

697 

3 

0.0 

(100) 

2,857 

(191) 

66 

697 

25 

77 

143 

(17) 

A five-year historical summary of realised price, sales, operating break-even, Royalties, Production Costs (“Opex”) and 
General & Administrative (“G&A”) expenditure metrics is set out below.  

Realised Price 

Sales 

Onshore 

West Coast 

East Coast 

Consolidated 

Metrics 

Royalties/bbl – Onshore 

Royalties/bbl – West Coast 

Royalties/bbl – East Coast 

Royalties/bbl – Consolidated 

Opex/bbl – Onshore 

Opex/bbl – West Coast 

Opex/bbl – East Coast 

Opex/bbl – Consolidated

G&A/bbl – Consolidated2 

Operating Break-Even3 

Onshore 

West Coast 

East Coast 

Consolidated4

Notes: 

USD/bbl 

bopd 

bopd 

bopd 

bopd 

USD/bbl 

USD/bbl 

USD/bbl 

USD/bbl 

USD/bbl 

USD/bbl 

USD/bbl 

USD/bbl

USD/bbl 

USD/bbl 

USD/bbl 

USD/bbl 

USD/bbl 

20181 

59.8 

1,563 

198 

1,110 

2,871 

24.2 

10.0 

14.5 

19.1 

11.7 

22.1 

20.1 

16.8

5.0 

16.1 

26.8 

25.9 

29.0 

2019 

58.1 

1,616 

185 

1,208 

3,007 

22.3 

10.0 

14.1 

10.7 

12.1 

26.9 

17.1 

14.9

5.1 

16.4 

32.4 

21.9 

26.4 

2020 

37.7 

1,793 

245 

1,188 

3,226 

11.5 

6.1 

8.3 

9.9 

12.2 

20.3 

16.5 

14.0

4.3 

16.5 

24.6 

21.0 

20.1 

2021 

60.4 

1,644 

255 

1,107 

3,006 

22.6 

11.1 

13.0 

18.1 

14.4 

26.2 

18.3 

16.0

6.3 

19.0 

32.2 

23.2 

29.2 

2022 

84.9 

1,655 

269 

1,051 

2,975 

35.9 

15.8 

17.9 

27.7 

17.0 

30.7 

23.2 

17.7 

6.6 

19.2 

31.8 

24.4 

32.1 

1.

2.

3.

4.

Metrics for 2018 and prior are pre-IFRS 16 adoption effective 1 January 2019 which impacted the Operating Break-Even Levels and Opex/bbl & G&A/bbl Metrics 
for historical comparative purposes. Full details of the impact were set out in the 2019 annual report and accounts.  

G&A/bbl – Consolidated: Excludes SOE, ILFA, Derivative FV gain/loss and FX gain/loss.  

Operating break-even: The realised price where Adjusted EBITDA (before hedge) for the respective asset or the entire Group (Consolidated) is equal to zero.  

Consolidated operating break-even: Includes G&A but excludes SOE, ILFA, Derivative FV gain/loss and FX gain/loss.  

 
 
 
 
 
18

Trinity Exploration & Production plc                                           

Financial Review (continued)  

Review of Financial Statements 

Summary of Results for the Year 

Trinity and its subsidiaries’ (“the Group”) consolidated 
financial information has been prepared on a going 
concern basis, in accordance with international 
accounting standards as adopted in the United Kingdom. 
This consolidated financial information has been prepared 
under the historical cost convention, modified for fair 
values under IFRS. The Group’s accounting policies and 
details of accounting judgements and critical accounting 
estimates are disclosed within Notes 1 to 3 of the 
Financial Statements on pages 72 to 88.  

Throughout this report, reference is made to adjusted 
results and measures. The Board believe that the  
selected adjusted measures allow Management and  
other stakeholders to better compare the normalised 
performance of the Group between the current and prior 
year, without the effects of one-off or non-operational 
items, and better reflects the underlying cash earnings 
achieved in the year. In exercising this judgment, the 
Board has taken appropriate regard of International 
Accounting Standards (“IAS”) 1 “Presentation of  
financial statements”.  

In particular, the APM measure of Adjusted EBITDA 
excludes the impact of Depreciation, Depletion & 
Amortisation (“DD&A”), as well as the non-cash impact  
of Share Option Expense (“SOE”), Impairment losses  
on financial assets (“ILFA”), FX gain/loss and Fair Value 
Gains/Losses on Derivative Financial Instruments. Each of 
these are summarised on the face of the Consolidated 
Income Statement as well as being described in Note 21 
to the consolidated financial statements.  

Higher revenue driven by higher average realised  
oil price in 2022:  

The positive impact of a 41% increase in average oil price 
realisations to USD 84.9/bbl (2021: USD 60.4/bbl), and  
a modest 1% decrease in average annual sales to 2,975 
bopd (2021: 3,006 bopd), resulted in a 39% increase in 
revenues to USD 92.2 million (2021: USD 66.3 million).  

Maintained robust operating profits despite  
inflationary pressures:  

The Group continued to deliver strong operating margins 
despite the inflationary pressures on goods and services. 
Operating profit before taxes was USD 19.0 million (2021: 
USD 9.3 million). The Adjusted EBITDA margin (pre-hedge 
costs) increased to 38.1% (2021: 31.9%), with consolidated 
operating break-even moving up to USD 32.1 (2021: USD 
29.2) demonstrating the Group’s ability to be profitable 
across a broad range of oil prices. The 25% increase in 
Adjusted EBITDA (after hedge costs) to USD 24.7 million 
(2021: USD 19.8 million) is a direct result of the increased 
realised oil price and strong operational performance. 

Increased capex investment programme to  
drive growth:  

USD 15.5 million (2021: USD 13.6 million) invested to  
drive future production growth. This comprised: 

•

•

•

•

•

USD 8.4 million Production capex comprising three 
onshore wells drilled (USD 5.8 million), 17 RCP’s  
(USD 1.5 million) and ABM-151 reactivation project 
(USD 1.1 million). 

USD 4.8 million Infrastructure Capex including 
facilities, operations and ICT. 

USD 1.7 million Subsurface and time-writing costs. 

USD 0.3 million in Exploration and Evaluation (“E&E”) 
relating to Onshore and West Coast. 

USD 0.3 million Exploration and Evaluation (“E&E”) 
assets relating to Galeota. 

Refer to Notes to Financial Statements: Note 13 Property, 
Plant and Equipment – Additions (USD 15.1 million) on 
page 93 and Note 15 – Intangible Assets – E&E Additions 
(USD 0.5 million) inclusive of accruals on page 95.  

Continued financial strength:  

The Group’s cash balances at year end were USD 12.1 
million (2021: USD 18.3 million), primarily reflecting positive 
cash generated from operations of USD 12.0 million (after 
derivative payments and taxes), Capex spend of USD 
(15.6) million and Financing activities of USD (2.2) million 
(which included effecting our first share buyback).  
In aggregate, despite these significant cash outflows,  
the Group’s net cash plus working capital surplus stood  
at USD 14.2 million (2021: USD 20.8 million) and our 
current ratio was a healthy 2.1x (2021: 2.2x). 

 
 
 
 
Annual Report & Financial Statements 2022

19

l Strategic Report 
Governance 
Financial Accounts 
Glossary 
Company Information

Statement of Comprehensive Income 

Operating Profit Before SPT, Impairment and 
Exceptional Items  

2022 Financial Highlights 

Average realisation of USD 84.9/bbl (2021: USD 60.4/bbl).  

Operating Revenues  

Operating revenues up 39% to USD 92.2 million  
(2021: USD 66.3 million).  

Operating Expenses  

Operating expenses increased by 29% in 2022 to  
USD (73.3) million reflecting operating in a higher  
crude oil price environment (2021: USD (56.9) million)  
and comprised:  

Operating Expenses (excluding non-cash items):  
USD (67.6) million (2021: (46.4) million):  

•

Royalties of USD (30.1) million (2021: USD (19.8) 
million), this increase being driven by the higher 
average realised oil price.  

• Opex of USD (19.2) million (2021: USD (17.6) million), 
the increase mainly due to impact of inflationary 
pressures on goods and services as well as increased 
repairs and maintenance, workovers and fuel in  
the year.  

•

•

•

•

G&A expenses of USD (7.2) million (2021: USD (7.0) 
million), the increase mainly due to recruitment  
and replacement of key personnel to support  
the businesses growth strategy, increased levies, 
business travel, and administrative costs including 
professional fees.  

Derivative expense of USD (10.4) million (2021: 
Derivative expense of USD (1.3) million) being the 
cash impact of derivative instruments paid out  
for 2022.  

Covid 19 expense of USD (0.6) million (2021:  
USD (0.7) million) being the costs associated  
with accommodation, testing and sanitisation  
related to our prevention and response.  

Cash FX loss USD (0.1) million (2021: USD 0.0 million) 

Non-Cash Operating Expenses: USD (5.7) million  
(2021: USD (10.5) million):  

•

•

•

•

•

DD&A of USD (7.6) million (2021: USD (7.4) million).  

Derivative credit of USD 2.9 million (2021: Derivative 
expense of USD (3.2) million) being the movement in 
the FV of derivative instruments held at the beginning 
and end of the financial year.  

SOE of USD (0.7) million (2021: USD (0.6) million).  

ILFA reversal USD 0.0 million (2021: USD 0.7 million).  

FX loss USD (0.3) million (2021: USD 0.0 million). 

The operating profit before SPT, impairment and 
exceptional items for the year amounted to USD 19.0 
million (2021: USD 9.3 million) and was mainly due to 
higher operating revenues resulting from higher oil  
prices despite inflationary pressures on cost.  

SPT and PT 

SPT and PT of USD (9.0) million (2021: USD (3.6) million) 
and comprised:  

•

•

SPT of USD (9.0) million (2021: USD (5.1) million) 
mainly due to the higher realised oil prices in relation 
to the Group’s operations in 2022. Both onshore and 
offshore assets were subject to SPT in 2022 as the 
realised oil price throughout the year was higher  
than USD 75/bbl. 

PT nil (2021: USD 1.5 million net reversal), as  
no Notice of Assessment has been received in 
relation to this tax. 

Operating Profit before Impairment and  
Exceptional items  

The Group’s reported operating profit before impairment 
and exceptional items was USD 10.0 million (2021: USD 
5.8 million). Adjusting for non-cash expenses, the Group’s 
Adjusted EBIDA after Current Taxes was USD 12.3 million 
(2021: USD 14.8 million) (further details below).  

Impairment charge  

Impairment charges taken were USD (6.1) million (2021: 
USD (1.3) million) relating to the Impairment of property, 
plant, and equipment USD (5.8) million and Inventory  
USD (0.3) million.  

See Note 3(d) to Consolidated Financial Statements - 
Impairment of Property, Plant and Equipment for further 
details on page 86.  

Exceptional Items  

Exceptional items were USD (0.2) million relating to the 
cyber incident costs in December 2022 (2021: USD (0.1) 
million relating to fees for corporate restructuring advice). 

See Note 7 to Consolidated Financial Statements - 
Exceptional items for further details on page 89.  

Finance Income  

Finance income is solely related to bank interest income 
received on short term investments with financial 
institutions of USD 0.1 million (2021: USD 0.1 million).  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
20

Trinity Exploration & Production plc                                           

Financial Review (continued)  

•

Decrease in Deferred Tax Liabilities (“DTL”)  
USD 0.1 million due to accelerated accounting 
impairments/depreciation (2021: USD 0.6 million 
decrease).  

See Note 10 to Consolidated Financial Statements – 
Income Taxation for further details on page 90.  

Total Comprehensive Income 

Total Comprehensive Income for the period was  
USD 0.09 million (2021: USD 7.7 million income).  

Adjusted EBITDA  

Adjusted EBITDA is a non-IFRS measure used by the 
Group to measure business performance. It is calculated 
as Operating Profit before SPT, Impairment and 
Exceptional Items for the year, adjusted for non-cash 
DD&A, SOE, ILFA, FX and FV of Derivative Instruments.  

The Group presents Adjusted EBITDA after hedge 
expense at USD 24.7 million and Adjusted EBIDA  
after Current Taxes at USD 12.3 million as it is used  
by Management and judged to be a better measure  
of underlying performance.

Finance Costs  

Finance costs amounted to USD (1.3) million  
(2021: USD (1.5) million) and comprised:  

•

•

•

Unwinding of the discount rate related to the 
decommissioning liability USD (1.1) million  
(2021: USD (1.2) million).  

Bank overdraft interest USD (0.1) million  
(2021: (0.2) million).  

Interest on Leases USD (0.1) million  
(2021: USD (0.1) million).  

See Note 9 to Consolidated Financial Statements – 
Finance Costs for further details on page 90.  

Income Taxation  

Income Taxation charge for 2022 of USD (2.3) million 
(2021: USD 4.7 million credit), comprising the following:  

•

Current Taxes comprising 

-

-

Petroleum Profit Tax (“PPT”) USD (2.4) million 
(2021: (1.0) million).  

Unemployment Levy (“UL”) USD (1.0) million 
(2021: USD (0.4) million).  

•

Increase in Deferred Tax Assets (“DTA”) recognised 
on available tax losses of USD 1.0 million (2021: 
Increase in DTA of USD 5.5 million).  

Adjusted EBITDA

100

92.2

(67.5)

90

80

70

60

50

40

30

20

10

0

(5.7)

5.7

24.7

(12.4)

19.0

12.3

USD MM

Revenue

Cash
Operating
Expenses

Non-Cash
Operating
Expenses

Operating
Profit
Before SPT

Adjustments:
Non-Cash
Expenses
(DD&A, SOE,
Other Expenses,
ILFA & FX)

Adjusted
EBITDA

Currrent 
taxes
(SPT AND
PPT/UL)

Adjusted
EBIDA
After Current
Taxes

 
 
 
Annual Report & Financial Statements 2022

21

l Strategic Report 
Governance 
Financial Accounts 
Glossary 
Company Information

Reconciliation of Adjusted EBIDA after Current Taxes and Net Cash Inflow from Operating Activities

3.4

(3.4)

12.0

(0.1)

(0.2)

12.0

18

15

12

9

6

3

0

USD MM

Adjusted 
EBIDA
after 
current taxes

Changes in 
Working Capital

Exceptional
items

Current
tax expense

Current
tax paid

Cash flow from
Operating Activities

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows

35

30

25

20

15

10

5

0

USD MM

12.0

(15.6)

18.3

(2.2)

(0.3)

12.1

12.0

Opening Cash
Balance

Operating
Activities

Investing
Activities

Financing
Activities

Effects of FX
rates on Cash

Closing Cash
Balance

22

Trinity Exploration & Production plc                                           

Financial Review (continued)  

Statement of Cash Flows 

Cash inflow from operating activities  

Cash outflow from financing activities  

Operating Cash Flow was USD 12.0 million  
(2021: USD 12.6 million) comprising:  

Cash outflow from financing activities was  
USD (2.2) million (2021: USD (0.6) million):  

• Operating cash flow before working capital  
and income taxes of USD 15.5 million  
(2021: USD 16.1 million).  

•

•

Changes in working capital resulted in a net decrease 
of USD (0.1) million (2021: USD (1.8) million decrease).  

Income taxes, PPT and UL paid USD (3.4) million 
(2021: USD (1.7) million paid) resulting from the  
higher oil price.  

•

•

•

•

Share buyback of USD (1.5) million (2021: nil). 

Principal paid on lease liability USD (0.5) million  
(2021: (0.4) million).  

Interest paid on lease liability USD (0.1) million  
(2021: (0.1) million).  

Net Finance cost of USD (0.1) million  
(2021: USD (0.1) million).  

Cash (outflow) from investing activities  

Cash outflow from investing activities was  
USD (15.6) million (2021: USD (13.8) million):  

•

•

•

•

Property, plant and equipment for the year totaling 
USD (15.0) million (2021: USD (10.0) million).  

Expenditure on exploration and evaluation assets  
and other intangible assets USD (0.4) million  
(2021: USD (3.2) million) as the Group continued  
to invest in Galeota. 

Computer software USD (0.1) million  
(2021: USD (0.4) million).  

Performance bond related to the onshore  
lease operatorship assets USD (0.1) million  
(2021: USD (0.3) million).

Net Cash Plus Working Capital Surplus 

(All figures in USD million)

A: 

Current Assets 

Cash and cash equivalents

Trade and other receivables

Inventories

Derivative Financial Instrument

Total Current Assets

B:

Current Liabilities 

Trade and other payables

Bank overdraft

Lease liability 

Taxation payable

C:

D:

Derivative Financial Instrument

Provision for other liabilities

Total Current Liabilities

(A-B+C+D):

Cash plus working capital surplus

Closing Cash Balance  

Trinity's cash balance at 31 December 2022 was  
USD 12.1 million (31 December 2021: USD 18.3 million).

 FY 2022
Audited

FY 2021
Audited 

FY 2020
Audited

FY 2019 
Audited 

12.1

10.7

4.6

–

27.4

9.9

2.7

0.6

–

–

0.2

13.4

14.2

18.3

10.8

3.8

–

32.9

8.8

2.7

0.6

–

2.9

0.1

15.1

20.8

20.2

7.2

5.3

0.3

33.0

7.8

2.7

0.6

0.2

–

–

11.3

21.4

13.8 

9.4 

5.2 

0.1 

28.5 

10.4 

— 

0.6 

0.1 

– 

– 

11.1 

17.3 

Note: Net cash plus working capital surplus: Current Assets less Current Liabilities (other than Derivative financial asset/liability and Provision for other liabilities).

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Annual Report & Financial Statements 2022

23

l Strategic Report 
Governance 
Financial Accounts 
Glossary 
Company Information

Events since Year End 

1.

Subsequent to 31 December 2022, the Group has 
received further VAT refunds of USD 2.6 million as  
at 31 May 2023. On 10 May 2023, the Government  
of Trinidad and Tobago announced that it intends  
to settle outstanding VAT refunds via interest  
bearing bonds in order to meet VAT arrears of  
those registrants who are owed in excess of  
USD 0.03 million in VAT refunds. At the end  
of May 2023, the Group had USD 2.0 million  
in VAT refunds recoverable in VAT bonds. 

2. On 31 December 2022, the FZ-2 Lease Operating 

Agreement (“LOA”) expired. Trinity obtained an 
interim renewal of the LOA to 31 March 2023 and 
obtained a further extension to 30 June 2023 to 
execute the LOA for the period 1 January 2023  
to 30 September 2031.  

3. On 29 March 2023, the Group provided six-months’ 

notice to Heritage to terminate the sub-licence Farm-
Out agreement for the Tabaquite block. The new 
sub-licencee requirements proposed to the Group 
makes this licence uneconomic to operate. 

4. Cyber incident – The Group was the subject of a 

sophisticated cyber incident in December 2022 and 
immediately took precautionary measures to protect 
its IT infrastructure. The Group engaged with external 
specialists to investigate the nature and extent of the 
incident and implement its systems recovery plan. 
Trinity moved quickly to notify relevant regulators 
and law enforcement agencies. Trinity's production 
facilities continued to operate safely throughout. In 
2023, the Group continues to execute its recovery 
plan. Trinity's IT team and its external advisers 
continue to support the business in returning its 
administrative systems to full capacity incorporating 
learnings from the incident and embedding more 
resilient IT infrastructure, cyber security systems  
and procedures. 

5. Trintes Field Incident – On the evening of 10 April 

2023, a fire occurred in one of the two generators  
on the Trintes Bravo platform. Production across  
the field was halted and the fire was contained. 
Production restarted from Alpha and Delta platforms 
on 11 April 2023. Four operators, all Trinity staff,  
were on Bravo at the time of the incident and,  
having suffered minor injuries, all have now recovered 
and resumed work. Following approval from the 
Ministry of Energy and Energy Industries, received  
on 17 April 2023, the Company successfully restored 
oil production from all previously producing wells  
on the Bravo platform on 18 April 2023. Production 
from the field is in-line with pre-incident levels at 
approximately 1,010 bopd. 

6. Share buyback – As at 31 December 2022, the 

second tranche of the share buyback programme 
was still ongoing with 400,000 shares having been 
repurchased to 31 December 2022 utilising USD 0.5 
million of the USD 1.0 million second tranche. On 26 
April 2023, the second tranche of the share buyback 
programme was completed and a third tranche  
was announced on 28 April 2023 for up to a further  
USD 1.0 million. This tranche will be funded from  
the Group’s existing cash resources and will,  
unless terminated at an earlier date, expire at the 
conclusion of the 2023 AGM, or 30 June 2023, 
whichever is earlier.  

7. Renewal of PGB Exploration and Production Licence 
– On 3 May 2023, the MEEI provided confirmation of 
the renewal of the PGB Licence for an additional 25 
years from the Effective Date of 18 December 2012. 
Consequently, the PGB Licence expires on 17 
December 2037. There were no additional liabilities 
and commitments arising from the renewed Licence. 

 
24

Trinity Exploration & Production plc                                           

Risk Management and Internal Controls

Your Board is committed to effective risk management 
and is supported by a pro-active organisational culture 
and a framework of effective internal controls. 

Aside from the generic risks faced by all businesses, as a 
participant in the upstream oil and gas industry, the Group 
encounters and has to manage several business specific 
risks and uncertainties. Such risks and uncertainties include 
those listed below. These risks should not however be 
taken as a complete and comprehensive statement of all 
potential risks and uncertainties that the Group faces. 

Additional risks and uncertainties that are not presently 
known to the Board, or which they currently deem 
immaterial, may also have an adverse effect on the Group’s 
operating results, financial condition and prospects. 

Risk Profile Matrix 

The risk summary and explanatory table below represents 
our current assessment of the potential impact by area 
and change from 2021 for each of the principal risks. 

                                                                                                                                                              Change              Strategic  
Risk                                                                                                                                               from                 Objective 
Profile  What is the risk?                                         KPI's affected                                               2021                 Impacted             Responsibility                              Page 

A       HSSE                                          Loss Time Accidents                   h                 e             CEO                                  25 

                                                            Reportable Environmental 
                                                            Incidents                                                                                                                          
B       Climate Change (Emissions)      Production                                   h              er           Board                               25 
         & Energy Transition  
         Impact

                                       Liquidity                                                                                                                          
C       Production and                          Production                                    =               rt           CEO, COO and                 26 
         Reserves Risk                                                                                                                       Executive Manager  

                                                                                                                                                      Exploration                            

                                                            Liquidity                                                                                                                           
D       Development Risk                      Production                                    =                  t             COO                                 26 
E       Counterparty/Contractor          Production                                    =             ert         COO & CFO                      27 

Exposure

                                   Cash from Operations                                                                                                     

                                                            Liquidity                                                                                                                           
F       Commercial Risk                        Production                                   h              rt           CFO                                  27 

- Oil Price Risk

                           Cash from Operations                                                                                                     

                                                            Liquidity                                                                                                                           
G       Customer                                   Cash from Operations                  =                  t             CFO                                  27 

Concentration Risk

                    Liquidity                                                                              
H       Competition Risk and                 Liquidity                                       h              rt           EMT                                  27 

Cost Inflation

                             Operating Cash Flow                                                                                                       
I         Regulatory/Fiscal Risk               Reputational                                x              et           EMT                                  28 
J        Major breach of business,         Cash from Operations                  =               er           EMT                                  28 

ethical, or compliance
standards

               Liquidity 

K       Cash Flow & Financing Risk       Cash from Operations                  =                  t             CFO                                  28 

                                                            Liquidity                                                                              
L        Operational Risks                       Production                                    =             ert         COO                                 29 
M       Cybersecurity and ICT Risks      Reliable information                     h              rt           CFO                                  29 
                                                            systems 

Refer to Our Strategic Objectives & Priorities on page 5. 

e  Operate Safely and Responsibly. 
r Efficiency & Innovation. 
t  Financial and Capital Discipline. 

 
 
         
         
         
         
         
         
                                                                                                                                                                           
Annual Report & Financial Statements 2022

Risk Details

A  HSSE  

Management of HSSE risk is of paramount importance to 
the organisation. As a participant in the Onshore and 
Offshore development and production of oil, the Group  
is exposed to material risk in the event of a major safety 
incident, operational accident, weather related/natural 
disasters, pandemics, social unrest, any failure to comply 
with approved policies/processes or other external cause. 
Should such risks materialise, the consequences could be 
loss of life, injuries, environmental damage, damage to 
property, disruption to activities, reputational damage  
and financial loss. 

These HSSE risks are managed through the Group’s 
dedicated HSSE personnel and the Group’s risk 
management and internal controls alongside those of the 
third parties such as contractors and other operators the 
Group may partner with. The Group has insurance in place 
to cover such exposure up to recommended industry 
limits, and subject to typical retentions, but should an 
incident occur of a scale in excess of these recommended 
limits, or within these retentions, then the Group would  
be fully exposed to the financial consequences. A 
comprehensive HSSE update is provided to the Directors 
at every Board meeting, being one of the first items on 
the agenda. In addition to this the Board is updated via 
monthly Board calls on HSSE measures taken. Throughout 
2022 the enhanced HSSE Governance via the Board 
appointed HSSE champion and the two Management 
HSSE Committees proved very effective in leading 
initiatives to further improve the HSSE culture and 
practices across the Group. Opportunities for 
improvement identified at the end of 2021 formed the 
basis of a defined HSSE Improvement Plan for 2022 and 
this Plan was successfully implemented. This improved 
Governance Model has proven to be fit for purpose and  
is adding value in the effective management of risk across 
the operations. 

COVID-19 – Post Pandemic 

Trinity’s objective is to provide a safe and healthy place 
of work for all staff members and to meet all our duties 
and obligations to stakeholders. It is Trinity’s intention to 
protect our employees from ill health at our offices and 
operations. The Group continues to ensure that all 
requisite business continuity and contingency plans are  
in place and provides appropriate guidance to all staff. 

In 2022 Trinity continued its hybrid in-office and work-
from-home arrangements for administrative staff, even 
after Government restrictions were lifted, as we believe 
that it is a win-win for both Trinity and its employees  
post the learnings of the pandemic.  

B

Climate Change (Emissions) & Energy Transition 
Impact 

Our methods of adapting to climate change can be 
addressed by considering two main areas:  

1)

Hydro-meteorological events: Trinidad is the 
southernmost country in the Caribbean Region which 
is prone to hydro-meteorological events including 
changing precipitation patterns, tropical waves 

25

l Strategic Report 
Governance 
Financial Accounts 
Glossary 
Company Information

escalating to more intense weather events such  
as tropical storms and (very rarely) hurricanes which 
can create storm surges and flooding (which are 
themselves potential indicators of a changing  
tropical climate). Offshore on the East Coast, we  
have infrastructure that faces the Atlantic Ocean and, 
as such, have exposure with regards to personnel 
housed offshore and the potential for infrastructural 
damage and follow-on operational impacts. The 
safety of employees is of paramount importance  
to the Group. 

In June 2017, Trinity was affected by Tropical Storm 
Bret and the Company implemented its robust 
Hurricane Evacuation Plan to have the employees 
evacuated and the Trintes Field shut in. This was all 
done effectively, safely and according to the Plan.  
In terms of future development plans for the Galeota 
Asset Development, SCADA implementation will 
reduce the need for manned operations offshore 
which will create a more cost effective safe and 
efficient infrastructure, enabling Trinity to better 
withstand changing weather patterns. 

2) Geological phenomena: The Central Range fault  

zone is closely associated with the El Pilar fault zone 
which geologically separates the Caribbean and 
South American tectonic plates. These fault zones 
and associated smaller fault zones makes Trinidad 
prone to dynamic geological phenomena including 
earthquakes which can result in soil liquefaction, mud 
volcanoes and mud flows and asphalt seepage which 
can impact our Onshore, East and West Coast assets. 
Over the last four years, heightened geological 
activity has been noted in terms of earthquakes  
with dormant mud volcanoes becoming active and 
liquefaction taking place in Southern Trinidad. 

Trinity has Emergency Response Plans in place to 
deal with these types of events should they occur  
in our fields or in our offices.  

There are many uncertainties in energy transition, 
including the pace of the transition. New 
technologies, stricter climate change policies  
and new entrants may disrupt the energy industry. 

Despite these uncertainties, Trinity believes that  
the demand for lower emission oil will remain strong 
for the medium term whilst supply will become 
increasingly challenged as the Majors divert capital 
expenditure towards diversifying their revenue 
streams. Trinity is aligning its business to the energy 
transition challenge by making its existing operations 
less carbon intensive and also pursuing wider energy 
initiatives addressing both inputs and outputs from  
its energy supply plan (i.e. lowering energy usage, 
renewable power supplies and transition fuels).  

Our methods to mitigate climate change (emissions) 
and the energy transition are an extension of our 
ESG approach previously mentioned:  

1. Water disposal and recycling methods: During 

normal production and drilling programmes there 
is a certain amount of water produced which 
must be firstly analysed and assessed for 
components such as soluble and non-soluble 
oil/organics, suspended solids, dissolved solids, 

 
 
26

Trinity Exploration & Production plc                                           

and various chemicals. Once the effluent water 
meets the requirements and can be recycled 
there is potential that it can be used for activities 
such as WO operations.  

could indicate lower future production volumes and could 
also lead to impairment of assets. This could have a 
material adverse effect on our earnings, cash flows and 
financial condition. 

2. Gas recycling: Gas is a by-product of oil 
production. Trinity is looking at ways of 
harnessing that energy. On our West Coast 
assets this is important as gas can be re-injected 
to facilitate a more efficient method to lift our  
oil and better maintain pressure in our wells. 

3.

4.

5.

Trinity is also looking into renewable energy 
solutions/sources of energy for its existing and 
potential future assets. In 2021, Trinity employed 
a solar system to power its WD-5/6 field office 
and remove it from the grid.  

Trinity is assessing our current scope 1 and 2 
emissions and seeking methods to reduce them.  

Energy Assessment Audits are also being 
employed to target energy usage across  
our assets with a goal to reduce our electrical 
power usage. 

C

Production and Reserves Risk 

The Group aims to manage natural production decline  
via WOs, reactivations and swabbing while growing 
production via RCPs and infill drilling. There is potential 
risk that some of these measures may not deliver on 
prognosis and therefore production performance can be 
below expectations for a variety of reasons including 
geological uncertainty, reservoir and well performance. 

The Group produces from over 380 wells multiple fields 
both onshore and offshore and so is not reliant on any 
one well or field. However, certain wells and fields do 
contribute disproportionately to overall Group production. 
If mechanical or technical problems, force majeure 
(earthquakes, storms or other events) or problems  
affect the production on one or more of these key  
wells or fields, facilities or the downstream infrastructure, 
it may have direct and significant impact on a substantial 
portion of the Group’s production. Long-term scheduled 
or unscheduled shutdowns of production may have a 
material impact on the business, as the Group will lose 
production income whilst also bearing its share of any 
continuing fixed operating expenditure along with 
associated remedial or repair works which may be 
unquantifiable at the outset and/or subject to cost 
overruns.  

The estimation of proved oil and gas reserves involves 
subjective judgements and determinations based on 
available geological, technical, contractual and economic 
information. Estimates could change because of new 
information from production or drilling activities, or 
changes in economic factors, including changes in the 
price of oil and changes in the regulatory policies of host 
governments, or other events. Estimates could also be 
altered by acquisitions and divestments, new discoveries, 
and extensions of existing fields as well as the application 
of improved recovery techniques. Published proved oil 
and gas reserves estimates could also be subject to 
correction due to errors in the application of published 
rules and changes in guidance. Downward adjustments 

1.

2.

3.

4.

The Group continues to seek to balance these risks by 
maintaining and building a portfolio of assets that carry 
a range of differing technical and commercial risks. 

The Group ensures it has a wide suite of measures  
to minimise natural decline and grow production by 
having a dedicated technical team to continually 
review wells, optimise targets and generate and high-
grade new drilling targets. The work of the technical 
team is reviewed by a Board led Technical 
Committee including external industry specialists. 

Production risks are mitigated by production  
being spread over 380 currently producing wells 
throughout three distinct locations (Onshore T&T, 
Offshore East Coast T&T and Offshore West Coast 
T&T). Our wells are categorised by tiers which is 
linked to planned response depending on a well’s 
criticality to production delivery. These risks are 
further mitigated by utilising applicable artificial lift 
methodologies for production coming from multiple 
reservoirs. 

Effective management systems in place governing 
geoscience, engineering (reservoir, petroleum and 
completions) and production operations activities. 
These include rigorous production forecasting and 
reporting, field and well performance monitoring  
and internal reserves auditing. 

D Exploration/drilling, Development Risk 

The Group has invested in oil and gas exploration and 
development assets which involve a significant degree of 
risk. There is no guarantee that such exploration/drilling 
or development will lead to commercial discovery, and 
that reserves will be realised. The Group’s ongoing 
development projects may, once they have reached the 
FID stage, involve advanced engineering work, extensive 
procurement activities and complex construction work  
to be carried out under various contract packages  
at different locations, both offshore and onshore. 
Furthermore, the Group (together with its licence 
partners), might be required to carry out drilling 
operations, install, test and commission offshore/onshore 
installations and obtain governmental approval which 
make them susceptible to delays or cost increases. The 
current or future projected target dates for production 
commencement may be delayed and significant cost 
overruns incurred due to delays, changes in development 
scope, technical challenges, actual reserves being less 
than estimated, project mismanagement, equipment 
failure, natural disasters, political, economic, taxation, 
legal, regulatory uncertainties, terrorism and protests, 
which again may materially adversely affect the Group’s 
future business, operating results, financial condition and 
cash flow. Ultimately, the Group may be unable to meet its 
ongoing share of project expenditures and be forced to 
withdraw and/or default on its committed obligations, 
which would have a material adverse effect on the Group. 

 
 
 
Annual Report & Financial Statements 2022

27

l Strategic Report 
Governance 
Financial Accounts 
Glossary 
Company Information

The Group is seeking to limit its exposure to any one 
aspect of development risk by taking projects forward  
in a measured and sequential manner, with FEED studies 
where possible. The limited number of projects expected 
to be undertaken at any one time ought to reduce the 
probability of a significant development risk materialising. 
For larger development projects, and in keeping with oil 
industry practice, the Group would seek one or more 
partners with whom to share the risk and reward of  
the project. 

E

Counterparty/Contractor Exposure 

Many aspects of operations and projects in the oil 
industry are undertaken by third party contractors and 
facilitated by suppliers. We rely on these counterparties 
to safely deliver on time, within budget and to a sufficient 
quality and ethical manner. Failure by counterparties to 
safely deliver on their commitments on time and within 
budget creates a risk of reputational/environmental 
damage, delay and/or overspend on any given project. 
The key risks we have seen in 2022 to present, relate to; 
reduction in the number of service providers; inflationary 
pressures, and poor contractor HSSE performance. 

In order to mitigate this risk, the Group splits development 
expenditures into competitive packages for products and 
services from a carefully selected set of suppliers. Where 
appropriate the Group will also enter into fixed cost turn-
key supply arrangements. The Group also encourages its 
safety culture with our counterparties through training, 
drills and safety village meetings. As the Group continues 
to navigate this period of uncertainty, Management is 
confident that our demonstration of agility, adaptability 
and alignment have placed Trinity in an advantageous 
position as it relates to managing counterparty/contractor 
risk. 

as demonstrated in 2022. The Group therefore seeks to 
maintain a low operating break-even to provide a natural 
operational hedge to mitigate against prolonged periods 
of low oil prices. This ensures Trinity’s investment 
opportunities are robust to most plausible downside oil 
price scenarios. In 2023 there are currently no hedging 
instruments in place.  

G Customer Concentration Risk 

Whilst oil is an internationally traded commodity, Trinity 
currently sells 100% of its oil production to Heritage 
under evergreen Crude Oil Sales Agreements (“COSA”), 
which give rise to customer concentration risk. As  
is the case for other T&T E&P companies, Trinity is 
contractually obligated to sell all production under  
its LOAs and FOA (Onshore) to Heritage at a price 
determined by Heritage which is at a discount to market 
traded prices. There is the potential for the discount  
to widen and thereby impact revenues received under 
these types of contracts. The Group has the right, 
subject to first refusal from Heritage, to market 
production from its E&P licences (Galeota, Brighton 
Marine and PGB) to third parties and the ability to  
enter into COSA with them. 

Trinity takes comfort that Heritage, while a producer of 
its own oil, is also an aggregator of significant additional 
volumes and Trinity’s production therefore forms part  
of their overall crude marketing strategy. The possibility 
that Heritage is prevented from purchasing Trinity’s 
production for a short period has been considered  
both operationally and financially. While the impact of a 
prolonged period where Heritage is unable to purchase 
Trinity’s production would be significantly challenging, 
this scenario is seen as having a very low probability  
of occurring. 

F

Commercial Risk - Oil Price Risk 

H Competition Risk and Cost Inflation 

The market price of oil is affected by global supply and 
demand, and therefore can be very volatile. A fall in the 
price may not only reduce short-term cash flow required 
to meet the Group’s commitments as they fall due, but 
also reduce the economic value and funding capacity  
of the Group’s projects potentially rendering them 
uneconomic. There is particular risk given the long-term 
nature of development projects and associated contracts 
or acquisitions based on assumed future oil prices. In the 
event that oil prices remain low over the long term, the 
value in use of certain assets might need to be revised 
and there could be a negative impact on the Group’s net 
asset value, profitability and compliance with financial 
ratios. Conversely, while an increase in the price of  
oil can have a positive impact of the Group’s revenue, 
inflationary increases typically set in, muting increases  
in profitability. 

Where and when appropriate the Group puts in place 
hedging arrangements to partially mitigate the risk of a 
fall in oil prices. However, such arrangements only cover 
the short-term, leaving the Group exposed to any longer-
term protracted period of low oil prices. Conversely, 
hedging to mitigate the risk of a fall in oil price can mean 
the Group misses out on the upside from higher prices,  

There remains strong competition within the petroleum 
industry for the acquisition of good quality hydrocarbon 
assets. The Group competes with other oil and gas 
companies, many of which have greater financial 
resources than the Group, for the acquisition of such 
properties, licences and other interests as well as for  
the recruitment and retention of skilled personnel. The 
challenge to Management is to secure assets and recruit 
and retain key staff without having to pay excessive 
premiums.  

In the current market many capital and operating costs 
have increased. The rapid increase in hydrocarbon prices 
and increased level of cost inflation has had a knock-on 
impact in increasing the cash required to support 
economically viable projects. Furthermore, due to  
the Russia Ukraine conflict, the Group experienced 
challenges with supply chain disruptions including higher 
freight costs and longer lead time in receiving shipments.  

In formulating bids to acquire assets, the Group utilises 
experienced senior professionals within the Group to 
ensure that any bids are submitted at a competitive price 
that reflects the potential risked asset value and can 
generate appropriate returns for the Group’s 

 
 
 
 
28

Trinity Exploration & Production plc                                           

Risk Management and Internal Controls (continued)  

shareholders. Prior to any asset being evaluated, 
Management will review the target to ensure it fits within 
robust economic parameters and overall strategic 
direction of the Group. 

To benefit from new opportunities, and in keeping with 
oil industry practices, the Group partners with other oil 
companies as part of the process for evaluating permits 
from the competent authorities. This also allows it to 
share the associated costs. 

I

Regulatory/Fiscal Risk 

The Group enters into commitments assuming a relatively 
stable fiscal regime and any material change represents  
a risk to the Group’s ability to fund its operations and 
projects. However, the Group operates in a jurisdiction 
with sophisticated tax authorities capable of assessing 
the adverse impact of any change in legislation before  
it is enacted. 

During 2022 realised oil prices exceeded the threshold for 
SPT for all assets which resulted in higher SPT liabilities 
for the Group. 

Effective 1 January 2021, the Government of Trinidad and 
Tobago increased the SPT threshold for small onshore 
producers from USD50/bbl to USD75/bbl for fiscal years 
2020 and 2021 (and, subsequently, 2022). This incentive 
has been enhanced effective 1 January 2023, whereby 
the definition of a small onshore producer was revised 
from a person who produces less than 2,000 bopd to a 
person who producers less than 4,000 bopd and by the 
removal of the sunset clause that had previously limited 
the incentive to the 2020-2022 fiscal years.  

New wells in existing shallow marine areas is a new 
element of the SPT regime introduced, whereby a lower 
rate of SPT applies to new wells in existing fields in 
shallow marine areas that have been approved and 
certified for development by the Minister of Energy.  
In this regard, an “existing field” is defined as a field that 
produced oil before 1 January 2023 while a “new well” is 
one that was not producing oil before 1 January 2023. 

There is an increase to the Investment Tax Credit 
available to production companies from 25% to 30% of 
the qualifying capital expenditure. 

The revised and new clauses were enacted in Finance Act 
No. 2, 2022 and became effective 1 January 2023. 

J Major breach of business, ethical,  

or compliance standards 

The Group is subject to and has adopted numerous 
requirements and standards including the UK Bribery Act, 
UK AIM Market Rules, UK QCA Code, and the Disclosure 
and Transparency Rules, among others. Additionally, 
some of our stakeholders, such as financial institutions, 
may require us to comply with other requirements or ask 
us to provide information on our business, operations, 
employees and shareholders as part of Know Your Client 
(“KYC”) procedures.

Failing to comply with the applicable regulations and 
requirements, such as failure to implement adequate 
systems to prevent bribery and corruption or money 
laundering, could result in prosecution, fines or penalties 
imposed on the Group or its officers and even suspension 
of operations or listing. Inability to clear KYC procedures 
to the satisfaction of third parties may result in refusal to 
engage in business relationships with the Group. 

The Group seeks to mitigate these risks through a number 
of measures and processes. 

The Chief of Staff & General Counsel is responsible  
for compliance and, with the support of the Board, 
implements compliance-related activities and procedures. 
Such activities focus on training, monitoring, risk 
management, due diligence and regular review of  
policies and procedures. 

We prohibit bribery and corruption in any form by all 
employees and by those working for and/or connected 
with the business. Employees are expected to report 
actual, attempted or suspected bribery or other issues 
related to compliance to the Compliance Officer and their 
line managers. 

In dealing with third parties, our policy is to maximise 
transparency and provide all information available to 
address KYC-related procedures and requests. 

K

Cash Flow & Financing Risk 

The ability to finance firm commitments, participate in the 
Group’s developments and generally develop the Group’s 
business depends upon: 

1.  Cash flow from the Group’s producing assets: cash 

flow is dependent upon a combination of factors 
including field performance (both reservoir and 
facilities), oil prices, fiscal regime and operating costs, 
much of which are substantially beyond the control 
of the Group.  

2.  Financing from the equity capital markets, debt 

finance, farm downs and other means. A number  
of the Group’s development commitments and infill 
opportunities are long term in nature and there  
is no assurance that the Group will be successful in 
generating or obtaining the required financing to 
undertake these initiatives. In those circumstances 
some license interests may be relinquished, sold at 
an undervaluation and/or the scope of operations 
reduced or ultimately the Group may default on its 
obligations. In the event that sufficient funds are not 
available to finance the business, it would have a 
material adverse effect on the Group’s financial 
condition and its ability to conduct operations. 

The Group seeks to mitigate these risks through a number 
of measures including: 

1. maintain a diverse portfolio of oil and gas  

producing interests; 

2.

rigorous financial discipline and maintaining a  
strong balance sheet and cost control culture; 

 
 
 
29

l Strategic Report 
Governance 
Financial Accounts 
Glossary 
Company Information

As techniques used to obtain unauthorised access to, or 
to sabotage, systems change frequently and may not be 
known until launched against us or our third-party service 
providers, we may be unable to anticipate or implement 
adequate measures to protect against these attacks and 
our service providers may likewise be unable to do so. 

In December 2022 the Company was subject of a 
sophisticated cyber incident and immediately took 
precautionary measures to protect its IT infrastructure 
and engaged with international external specialists to 
investigate the nature and extent of the incident and 
implement its systems remediation plan. Trinity quickly 
notified relevant regulators and law enforcement 
agencies. The impact to the business was limited, 
principally to support and administrative functions, whilst 
operations continued with minimal disruption. Following 
the incident, the Company and its external advisors 
successfully returned its administrative systems to full 
capacity incorporating learnings from the incident and 
embedding more resilient infrastructure, cyber security 
systems and procedures. 

Annual Report & Financial Statements 2022

3.

4.

regular review of short-term and longer-term cash 
flow forecasts by Management; 

the Board reviewing and approving the financial 
strategy of the Group; and 

5. maintaining strong relations with its shareholders, 

banks and the BIR. 

L Operational Risks 

Trinity operates Lease Operatorship Agreements (“LOA”), 
Joint Operating Agreements and a Farmout Agreement 
over its Onshore, East and West Coast assets.  

• Onshore has six LOAs and one Farmout Agreement 

with Heritage. Of the six LOA’s, five were renewed 
effective 1 January 2021 for a ten-year period and 
negotiations for the renewal of the remaining one 
(FZ-2) is in progress. Each of these LOAs have a 
Minimum Work Obligations programme. Although the 
Tabaquite Farmout has expired Trinity has been 
operating the asset under an agreed holding-over 
arrangement pending the formal extension or 
termination. However, in March 2023, Trinity served 
notice of its intention to terminate the sub-licence 
Farm-out agreement for the Tabaquite block as the 
new sub-licencee requirements proposed to the 
Group makes this licence uneconomic to operate. 

Trinity operates the West Coast assets under two 
exploration and production licenses covering the 
Point Ligoure Guapo Bay Brighton Marine Block 
(PGB) and Guapo Bay Brighton Marine Block. The 
PGB licence has expired and on 3 May 2023 was 
renewed for 25 years effective from the 18 December 
2012. There were no additional liabilities and 
commitments arising from the renewed Licence. 

Trinity is operating the East Coast asset under one 
exploration and production licence which has a 
maximum term of 25 years effective 14 July 2021. 
There are certain Minimum Work Obligations to be 
observed. 

•

•

It is not unusual for an operator to manage assets under 
an expired exploration and production license in Trinidad 
and Tobago. The Group is holding-over as operator with 
the full knowledge of the co-Licensee, Heritage, and the 
MEEI and routinely seeks to mitigate any risks by ensuring 
that the co-Licensee, Heritage, and the main government 
regulator, MEEI, are kept updated and informed 
throughout the period. 

M Cybersecurity and ICT Risks 

Cybersecurity risks for companies have increased 
significantly in recent years due to the increasing global 
threat and sophistication of cybercrime. A cybersecurity 
breach, incident or failure of our IT systems could disrupt 
our businesses, put employees at risk, result in the 
disclosure of confidential information, damage our 
reputation and create financial and legal exposure. 

 
 
 
30

Trinity Exploration & Production plc                                           

Our Governance 
Directors’ Statement under Section 172(1)  
of the CA 2006 

Section 172 (1) of the CA 2006 obliges the Board to 
promote the success of the Group for the benefit of the 
Group’s members as a whole. The section specifies that 
the Board must act in good faith when promoting the 
success of the Group and in doing so have regard 
(amongst other things) to:  

throughout the year. Specifically in respect of 
shareholders, both retail investor events and institutional 
investor meetings are held regularly during the year to 
provide updates and receive feedback. We value feedback 
from our stakeholders and take every opportunity to 
ensure that their wishes are duly considered. 

•

•

•

•

•

•

the likely consequences of any decision in the  
long term,  

the interests of the Group’s employees,  

the need to foster the Group’s business relationship 
with suppliers, customers and others,  

the impact of the Group’s operations on the 
community and the environment,  

the desirability of the Group maintaining a reputation 
for high standards of business conduct, and  

the need to act fairly between members of the 
Group.  

The Board is collectively responsible for the decisions 
made towards the long-term success of the Group and 
how the strategic, operational and risk management 
decisions have been implemented throughout the 
business.  

Engagement  

Shareholders  

The Board places equal importance on institutional and 
individual shareholders and recognises the significance  
of transparent and effective communications with all 
shareholders. 

As an AIM listed company, we recognise a need to provide 
fair and balanced information in a format that all stakeholders, 
and particularly our shareholders, can understand.  

The primary communication tool with our shareholders is 
through the Regulatory News Service (“RNS”), on 
regulatory matters and matters of material substance. The 
Group’s website also provides information for stakeholders. 
Changes to the composition of the Board and Board 
Committees, changes to major shareholder information and 
disclosure updates required under the Quoted Companies 
Alliance Corporate Governance Code 2018 (the “QCA 
Code”), are promptly published on the website to enable 
shareholders to be kept abreast of the Group’s affairs. The 
Group’s Annual Report and Notice of Annual General 
Meetings (“AGMs”) are made available to all shareholders, 
and Interim Reports and other investor presentations for 
the last six years can also be downloaded from our website.  

The Board acknowledges that effective two-way 
communication with shareholders encourages mutual 
understanding and better connection with them. The 
benefits include improved transparency of information  
on the business and its performance, appropriate 
consideration of all shareholders’ views, as well as  
instilling trust and confidence to allow informed investment 
decisions to be made by the Board. The Group’s CFO 
monitors and coordinates investor relations programmes. 
We update, and where appropriate seek feedback from, all 
key stakeholders via regular meetings and communications 

Employees 

The Board recognises that the employees are one of  
the Group’s key resources, enabling delivery of the 
Group’s vision and goals. 

Annual pay and benefit reviews are carried out regularly  
to determine whether all employees are aligned to industry 
regional benchmarks relevant to our size and type of 
business, and to retain and encourage skills vital for the 
business. The Remuneration Committee oversees and 
makes recommendations regarding executive 
remuneration and long-term share awards. During 2022 
awards were issued under the Company’s long term 
incentive plan to certain individuals within the executive 
management team (“EMT”) and the awards issued in 2020 
vested. A new cash-based scheme was introduced in 2022 
to team leaders (being the next level below the EMT). Both 
the awards and the cash-based scheme are designed to 
encourage and incentivise senior members of the team 
and are based on total shareholder return to align their 
interests with shareholders. The Board encourages 
Management to foster positive employee engagement  
and to provide necessary training to use their skills in  
the relevant areas of the business. The Remuneration 
Committee works to ensure that staff are appropriately 
rewarded to maintain engagement and commitment. 

Suppliers and Customers 

The Board acknowledges that a strong business 
relationship with suppliers and customers is an important 
factor for the Group’s long-term success. Whilst day  
to day interactions with suppliers and customers are 
delegated to the EMT, the Board sets directions and 
evaluates policies with regard to new business ventures 
and investing in research and development. The Board 
upholds ethical behaviour across the business and 
encourages the EMT to require comparable business 
practices from all suppliers and customers doing business 
with the Group. During 2022, and through into 2023, 
there has been regular engagement with key suppliers  
to ensure the ongoing safety and performance of the 
business as the Group implemented improved measures 
to safeguard the protection of staff. 

Government and Regulatory Bodies 

The Board understands the importance of strong 
relationships with the government and regulatory bodies. 
Day to day interactions is delegated through the EMT  
to have direct engagement with local, regional and 
national government authorities regarding operations, 
environmental issues, permitting and other relevant 
topics. Respecting our agreements with our partners  
is at the heart of our licence to operate, and we engage  
in regular discussions with government and state 
representatives to ensure that expectations are 
understood, and assets are managed effectively.  

 
Annual Report & Financial Statements 2022

Community and environment  

The Board advocates the highest standards of care 
towards the communities in which it operates and is 
acutely conscious that the nature of the Group’s business 
requires strong measures to be put in place to protect  
the environment. At its monthly meetings, the Board 
reviews an HSSE Report from Management and considers 
the impact of the Group’s operations on the environment 
and the neighbouring community. 

Our Corporate Social Responsibility (“CSR”) philosophy  
is based on our core values which stems from our vision 
to achieve our business goals of:  

•

•

•

Behaviour: 
Demonstrate professionalism, respect and fairness; 
conducting business in a socially responsible and 
ethical manner.  

Rigour:  
Initiate thought before action by promoting 
sustainability and proactively protecting the 
environment.  

Purpose:  
Fit for delivering our goals by engaging with, 
learning from, as well as respecting and supporting 
the communities and cultures within which the  
Group operates.  

Any CSR initiatives being undertaken need to be aligned 
with our underlying philosophy, must be relevant and 
sustainable to audiences/target areas which are to be 
impacted by what we do and simultaneously be mutually 
beneficial to our operations. 

Policies and process 

The Board reviews the HSSE measures implemented by 
the Group and the EMT’s recommendations for better 
practices on a monthly basis. Kaat Van Hecke, Non-
Executive Director, is the Board’s designated HSSE 
Champion and is responsible for oversight of the HSSE 
function. Employees’ opinions and suggestions are 
considered and valued, particularly with regards to HSSE 
matters, through the START card system. Employees  
are informed of the results and are encouraged to feel 
engaged. The T&T employees are given the opportunity 
to participate in regular Town Hall Meetings, an open 
forum moderated by members of the EMT which take 
place on a quarterly basis (and ad hoc as required). 

The importance of making all staff feel safe in their 
environment is acknowledged and a Whistleblowing 
Policy is in place to enable staff to confidentially raise  
any concerns freely and to discuss any issues that  
arise. Strong financial controls are in place and are  
well documented. Staff are annually provided with 
refresher courses to ensure that the issues of bribery and 
corruption remain at front of mind. The Audit Committee 
Chairman has assumed the role of Whistleblowing Officer. 

31

Strategic Report  

l Governance 

Financial Accounts 
Glossary 
Company Information

of both the UK and T&T. The Group has adopted the QCA 
Code, and the Board recognises the need to maintain a 
high standard of corporate governance as well as to 
comply with the AIM Rules to safeguard the interests of 
the Group’s stakeholders. Anti-corruption and Anti-
bribery refreshers are compulsory for all staff and 
contractors and the Anti-bribery statement and policy is 
contained in the Group’s Employee Manual, as well as 
being published on the Group’s website. The Group’s 
expectation of honest, fair and professional behaviour is 
reflected by this and there is zero tolerance for bribery 
and unethical behaviour by anyone related to the Group.  

2022 and on-going performance: post the global Covid-19 
pandemic, the Company has delivered a robust operating 
performance and worked hard to ensure the stability of 
the business, despite disruptions to the supply chain and 
higher inflation. Solid production levels have been 
maintained, and projects have been progressed to grow 
the business, including the 2022 Onshore and Nearshore 
Competitive Bid Round submission and preparations for 
drilling the deep ‘Jacobin’ well in 2023.  

Principal decisions during 2022  

Key decisions made by the Board were in relation to: 

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

Implementing a comprehensive HSSE plan during  
the year; 

Share buyback programmes which as at 31 December 
2022 had returned USD 1.53 million to shareholders; 

Drilling three infill wells onshore; 

Progressing plans to drill the deeper "Jacobin" well, 
drilling commenced on 15 May 2023; 

Progressing a reactivation programme for a key  
West Coast well, ABM-151; 

Approval of the 2023 Budget; 

Preparation of a bid for the Buenos Ayres block in  
the 2022 Onshore and Nearshore Competitive Bid 
Round conducted by the Government of Trinidad and 
Tobago Ministry of Energy and Energy Industries. The 
Company’s bid was submitted on 9 January 2023; 

Strengthening the executive management team with 
three new senior appointments, including Julian 
Kennedy as CFO in January 2023; and 

Agreeing to commence the field development study 
to develop Trintes 2P reserves.  

Further details can be found in the Chairman and Chief 
Executive Officer’s Statement. 

On behalf of Board  

Training  

Although the Group is incorporated in the UK and 
governed by the CA 2006, the Group’s business 
operations are carried out in T&T which requires the 
Group to conform to statutory and regulatory provisions 

Nicholas Clayton 
Non-Executive Chairman 

31 May 2023 

 
 
 
 
 
 
32

Trinity Exploration & Production plc                                           

Corporate Governance Statement

On behalf of the Board, I am pleased to present the 
Corporate Governance Report for the year ended 31 
December 2022. At Trinity we believe that strong 
corporate governance is critical to achieving our strategic 
goals and creating value for our shareholders. As Non-
Executive Chairman of the Group I have a keen interest in 
ensuring that an effective and focused Board leads the 
business and builds upon its progress to date.  

All AIM listed companies are required to comply with a 
recognised corporate governance code and the Board 
made the decision to adopt the QCA Code. The Board 
believes the QCA Code to be the most appropriate 
recognised corporate governance code for the Group. 
During the year under review, the Board continued to 
uphold the principles of the Code and ensured that the 
Group complied with the QCA Code in all aspects of the 
business. Details of the principles of the Code and how 
the Group applies them are detailed elsewhere in this 
report and on the Group’s website.  

The Board is committed to ensuring good corporate 
governance, at Board level and throughout the business. 
The Board comprises a Non-Executive Chairman, CEO, 
three Independent Non-Executive Directors and one  
Non-Executive Director. In February 2022, David Segel 
resigned as Non-Executive Director and Kaat Van Hecke 
was appointed as an Independent Non-Executive 
Director. 

As Non-Executive Chairman it is my duty to ensure that 
very high standards of governance are delivered and fed 
down throughout the organisation. The Board looks to 
instil a positive culture across the Group, delivering strong 
values and behaviours. The importance of delivering the 
Group’s objectives in a manner consistent with our values 
is at the forefront of the Board’s thinking, as is ensuring 
that this culture is fed down through the EMT and 
throughout the business. The principal risks facing the 
business, as set out on pages 24 to 29 of the Annual 
Report, are considered by the Board, recognising that 
strong governance across the organisation is essential to 
manage the risks and challenges that the Group faces.  

2022 was characterised by high oil prices and high 
inflation following the well documented Russian invasion 
of Ukraine. The Company delivered a robust operating 
performance during the year, highlighting the strength 
and resilience of our core business. However, cashflow 
growth was muted by substantial hedging arrangements 
put in place during 2021 to protect the business from the 
risk of low oil prices given the punitive nature of SPT. 
Those hedging instruments gradually unwound over the 
course of 2022, and from 1 January 2023 the Company 
has no hedging instruments in place. The total cash cost 
of the hedging programme in 2022 was 10.4 million 
million. The Company believes that hedging remains a 
valuable component of its risk management toolkit and 
will continually monitor the oil price environment 
alongside its financial commitments to determine its 
future hedging strategy.  

Operationally, the Group maintained operations 
throughout 2022, with 2 LTIs which was a deterioration, 
with plans in place to remedy the safety gaps that were 
identified. The framework that Management has built up 
over the past few years has enabled the business to 
develop during a period of considerable uncertainty since 
the Covid 19 pandemic. The Board has continued to work 
effectively through this period, increasing the number of 
ad hoc meetings to ensure that the Company’s strategy 
can be delivered and its goals met, whilst ensuring the 
risks are monitored and a culture of support and safety is 
provided to all stakeholders including employees, 
suppliers and the wider community. Governance of HSSE 
and ESG functions are overseen by Kaat Van Hecke at 
board level.  

As the Group addresses the next phase of development 
for the business, as Non-Executive Chairman, I will work 
with the Board to cement the existing values and ensure 
that sound corporate governance and strong principles 
continue to be present throughout the organisation, for 
the benefit of all stakeholders.  

Nicholas Clayton 
Non-Executive Chairman  

31 May 2023

 
 
 
 
Annual Report & Financial Statements 2022

QCA Principles

33

Strategic Report  

l Governance 

Financial Accounts 
Glossary 
Company Information

The Board recognises its responsibility 
for the proper management of the 
Group and is committed to maintaining 
a high standard of corporate 
governance, commensurate with the 
size and nature of the Group and the 
interests of its shareholders.  

The QCA Code is a corporate governance code published 
by the Quoted Companies Alliance and is the code 
adopted by the majority of AIM companies. It is a 
principles-based code for companies focused on growth. 
The Board have adopted the QCA Code which they 
consider appropriate given the size and resources of the 
Group.  

The QCA has ten principles which the Group is required to 
adhere to and in relation to which the Group is required to 
make certain disclosures within its report and accounts 
and on its website, www.trinityexploration.com. 

This section outlines the ten QCA principles and identifies 
how Trinity adheres to each in detail:  

1.

Establish a strategy and business model which 
promotes long-term value for shareholders  

Trinity’s strategy aims to position the Group to create 
long-term shareholder value by developing and 
maximising the value of its resource base in Trinidad & 
Tobago, whilst maintaining rigorous focus on cost control, 
efficient capital deployment and capital discipline. 

The Board keeps abreast of the key challenges 
associated with protecting the Group from unnecessary 
risk and securing its long-term future. We achieve this 
through regular reviews and meetings with all 
stakeholders, and the ongoing identification, evaluation 
and mitigation of risks. This is crucial to limit the level of 
risk associated with our operating activities to an 
acceptable level.  

Our Business Model and Strategy is outlined on page 5 of 
the Strategic Report and details of the key risks for the 
business and how these are mitigated can be found on 
pages 24 to 29.  

2. Seek to understand and meet shareholder needs 

and expectations 

The Group welcomes the opportunity to maintain an open 
dialogue with its shareholders, to ensure that it can 
understand and meet shareholder needs and 
expectations.  

General inquiries can be submitted directly to the Group or 
our PR advisors (Vigo Consulting Limited) by either calling 
+1 868 612 0067 or emailing info@trinioil.com or 
trinity@vigoconsulting.com. The Executive Directors and 
the Group’s PR advisors seek to respond to shareholder 
queries directly (whilst remaining cognisant of the UK 
Market Abuse Regulations’ restrictions on inside 
information and the requirements of the AIM Rules for 
Companies). Non-deal roadshows are arranged 
throughout the year to meet with existing and potential 

new shareholders to maintain, as much as possible,  
an ongoing dialogue.  

Nicholas Clayton, Non-Executive Chairman, is also 
available to discuss any issues or concerns that 
shareholders or other stakeholders may have  
regarding the Group’s performance and its governance 
arrangements. Arrangements can be made to get  
in direct contact with Nicholas by emailing 
trinity@vigoconsulting.com.  

Our AGM is an annual opportunity for all shareholders to 
meet with the Non-Executive Chairman and other 
members of the Board, including the Chief Executive and 
the Non-Executive Directors. The meeting is open to all 
shareholders, giving them a forum for two-way 
communication and the opportunity to raise issues during 
the formal business or more informally following the 
meeting.  

At the AGM, separate resolutions are proposed on each 
substantial issue. Shareholders can submit their proxy 
votes in advance of the AGM if they are unable to vote in 
person. Our registrar, Link Group, count the proxy votes 
which are properly recorded, and the results of the AGM 
are announced through RNS.  

The Board is keen to ensure that the voting decisions of 
shareholders are reviewed and monitored and that 
approvals sought at the Group’s AGM are, as much as 
possible, within the recommended guidelines of the QCA 
Code. If a significant proportion of votes was ever cast 
against a resolution, the Group would, on a timely basis, 
provide an explanation of what actions it intends to take 
to understand the reasons behind that vote result, and 
where appropriate, any different action it has taken, or 
will take, as a result of the vote.  

3. Take into account wider stakeholder and social 

responsibilities and their implications for long term 
success  

The Board recognises that the long-term success of the 
Group is dependent on the efforts of its Management and 
employees, and those of our contractors, suppliers, 
partners, regulators and the position of the Group within 
the communities we operate.  

The Group is committed to being honest and fair in all 
dealings with its employees, partners, contractors, 
suppliers and other key stakeholders and encourages the 
same in return. The Group expects its employees, 
partners, contractors and suppliers to adhere to business 
principles which are aligned to its own.  

Delivery of our business model is underpinned by our 
core values of Behaviour, Rigour and Purpose:  

Behaviour: 

that mirrors professionalism, respect and 
fairness by conducting business in a 
socially responsible and ethical manner.  

Rigour: 

Purpose: 

initiate thought before action by promoting 
sustainability and proactively protecting 
the environment; and  

fit for delivering our business goals by 
engaging with, learning from, respecting 
and supporting the communities and 
cultures within which we operate. 

 
 
 
34

Trinity Exploration & Production plc                                           

QCA Principles (continued)  

We value feedback from our stakeholders, and we take 
every opportunity to ensure that where possible their 
wishes are duly considered. Quarterly (or ad hoc as 
required) T&T Town Hall Meetings are held with employees 
and attended by members of the EMT and any visiting 
Board members. Employees are given an opportunity to 
participate in an open forum and their opinions and 
suggestions are considered and valued, particularly with 
regards to HSSE matters through the START Card system. 
During the COVID-19 pandemic, engagement has been 
maintained with employees to ensure not only the on-
going success of the business but the welfare of our staff 
and their families, both mentally and physically.  

The Board advocates engagement with, and support for, 
the communities in which the business operates and are 
mindful of the nature of the business and the need to 
ensure strong HSSE measures are in place to protect the 
environment. The CSR philosophy of the Group is fed 
down from the Board throughout the organisation. During 
2022 the Group engaged with the local community, 
providing toys around Christmas to underprivileged 
children. The business supports local schools in the 
Galeota community, providing supplies and sponsoring 
the Local Schools Rewards and Recognition Programme.  

4. Embed effective risk management, considering 
both opportunities and threats, throughout the 
organisation  

The Board understands that the Group’s financial 
standing and reputation may be impacted by various 
risks, not all of which are within its control. It believes that 
the principal risk categories for the business are: 
corporate/strategic; operational (exploration, 
development and operating); financial; political/ 
regulatory; HSSE and management/ organisational. The 
risk management framework and processes adopted by 
the Board involves the identification, assessment, 
mitigation, monitoring and reporting of all key risks on a 
regular basis to minimise the impact of such risks. An 
element of risk is inherent to the Group’s activities of oil 
and gas exploration and development and as such the 
Board has established formal arrangements for 
determining the extent of exposure to the risk.  

The Board is responsible for regularly reviewing and 
considering the key risks and uncertainties facing the 
business. Newly identified risks are noted and 
communicated throughout the organisation. The principal 
risk areas for the business and the respective mitigating 
actions are listed in the key risks on pages 24 to 29. The 
risks of the business are considered both by the Audit 
Committee and the Board as a whole. Certain aspects of 
the business risks are considered by the Board at each 
formal Board meeting, including HSSE and operational 
risks. When considering new projects, the risks and 
opportunities both operationally and financially are 
considered by the Board and discussed at the relevant 
meeting. These discussions would usually include 
participation by members of the EMT who are involved 
with the project. 

5. Maintain the Board as a well-functioning, balanced 

team led by the chair  

The QCA Code requires that the boards of AIM companies 
have an appropriate balance between Executive and Non-
Executive Directors of which at least two should be 
independent. The Board is currently six strong, and has a 
balance between Executive, Non-Executive Directors and 
Independent Non-Executive Directors.  

The Board believes that all Non- Executive Directors are 
independent in character and judgement and have the 
range of experience and calibre to bring independence on 
issues of strategy, performance, resources and standards 
of conduct which are vital to the success of the Group. 
However, one of the Non-Executive Directors (Angus 
Winther) is not deemed to be independent director under 
the QCA Code given his significant interest in the Group’s 
shares.  

Following the appointment of Nicholas Clayton as Non-
Executive Chairman the Company does not, at present, 
have a Senior Independent Director. The Board does not 
deem this necessary given the Chairman is non-executive. 

The Board have the necessary skills and knowledge to 
discharge their duties and responsibilities effectively, 
setting clear expectations and ensuring stringent 
measures for corporate governance standards are met 
particularly in relation to executive remuneration, 
accountability and audit.  

The Board meets as regularly as necessary. It has 
established an Audit Committee a Remuneration 
Committee and a Technical Committee, particulars of 
which appear hereafter. Appointments to the Board are 
made by the Board as a whole and so the Group has not 
created a Nomination Committee.  

Executive Directors are expected to devote substantially 
all of their committed working time to the duties of the 
Company. It is expected that the Non-Executive Directors 
dedicate at least one day a month to the Company 
although in reality all Non-Executive Directors commit 
substantially more time than this to the Company.  

The Board holds monthly board calls, which it believes is 
beneficial given the current development of the business, 
to enable the Non-Executive Directors to be more 
involved in core decision making between formal board 
meetings which involve approving quarterly updates, 
interim and annual financial accounts, budget and 
remuneration reviews.  

6. Ensure that among them the Board has the 
necessary up to date experience, skills and 
capabilities 

The Board currently comprises the Non-Executive 
Chairman, three Independent Non-Executive Directors, 
one Non-Executive Director and one Executive Director, 
the Chief Executive Officer. The Board has significant 
industry, financial, public markets and governance 
experience, possessing the necessary mix of experience, 
skills, personal qualities and capabilities to deliver the 
strategy of the Group for the benefit of the shareholders 
over the medium to long-term.  

 
 
Annual Report & Financial Statements 2022

35

Strategic Report  

l Governance 

Financial Accounts 
Glossary 
Company Information

The Group is mindful of the issue of gender balance, and 
during 2022 a female Director, Kaat Van Hecke was 
appointed to the Board. The Group also has a female 
Chief of Staff & General Counsel, Nirmala Maharaj, and 
embraces diversity across the workplace.  

7. Evaluate Board performance on clear and relevant 
objectives, seeking continuous improvement 

Internal evaluation of the Board, its Committees and 
individual Directors is important and will develop as the 
Group grows in the future. The expectation is that, going 
forward, Board reviews will be undertaken on an annual 
basis to determine its effectiveness and performance of 
the Directors’ continued independence. A formal review 
of the performance of the Board was undertaken in Q4 
2022 by a third-party provider. All members of the Board 
participated in an anonymous survey, which covered 
areas including: Board performance, dynamics and 
leadership, strategic oversight and risk management and 
a report was provided to the Board analysing the results. 
Improvements and recommendations arising from the 
evaluation process are currently being implemented. 

The Directors have a wide knowledge of the business and 
requirements of Directors’ fiduciary duties. The Directors 
receive briefings and updates from the Group’s advisors 
(Legal, Auditors, NOMAD and Broker) and the Company 
Secretary on developments and initiatives as they deem 
appropriate. All Directors receive regular boardroom 
briefings from Trinity’s Legal Advisors (Pinsent Masons 
LLP) and the Group’s Auditors brief the Audit Committee 
on accounting and regulatory developments impacting 
the Group. Individual Directors may also engage external 
advisors at the expense of the Group upon approval by 
the Board in appropriate circumstances.  

8. Promote a corporate culture that is based on 

ethical values and behaviours 

The Directors are committed to promoting positive ethical 
values and behaviours across the Group as a whole. The 
Directors are mindful of the industry that the business 
operates in and take all issues of ethical values and 
behaviours very seriously. The Board is very aware that 
the tone and culture set by it will greatly impact all 
aspects of the Group’s performance. The Board 
recognises that its decisions regarding strategy and risk 
will impact the corporate culture of the Group as a whole 
and that this will impact the long-term performance of the 
Group. The importance of delivering success whilst 
maintaining a safe environment is continually stressed by 
the Board and the EMT.  

Maintaining sound ethical values and behaviour is crucial 
to the ability of the Group to successfully achieve its 
corporate objectives. The Board places great importance 
on this and seeks to ensure that this flows throughout the 
organisation. The Group’s Employee Manual is in place, 
which is provided to staff as part of their induction and 
can be accessed at all times. Staff are made aware that 
they must adhere to the standards set out in the Group’s 
Employee Manual at all times and are encouraged to ask 
questions and seek clarification on any uncertainties. The 
Board’s assessment of the culture within the Group at the 

present time is one where there is respect for all 
individuals, open dialogue is actively encouraged and 
there is commitment to best practice and continuous 
improvement.  

Annual Anti-corruption & Anti-Bribery training is 
compulsory for all staff and contractors and the Anti-
bribery statement and policy is contained in the Group’s 
Employee Manual as well as on the Group’s website. The 
Group’s expectation of honest, fair and professional 
behaviour is reflected by this and there is zero tolerance 
for bribery and unethical behaviour by anyone relating to 
the Group.  

A Whistleblowing policy is also in place which enables 
staff to confidentially raise any concerns. The Group 
considers it essential that all staff should be made to feel 
safe in their environment and therefore has the means 
available to freely discuss any issues that arise. Strong 
financial controls are in place and are well documented. 
Staff are annually provided with refresher courses to 
ensure that the issues of bribery and corruption remain at 
the forefront of peoples’ mind. The Chair of the Audit 
Committee has assumed the role of Whistleblowing 
Officer.  

A Delegation of Authority is in place which details the 
authorisation process and accountability in the 
organisation detailing the financial, corporate and 
operational controls that are in place.  

9. Maintain governance structures and processes that 
are fit for purpose and support good decision-
making by the Board  

The Board holds monthly board calls, which it believes is 
beneficial given the current development and uncertainties 
surrounding the business, to enable the Non-Executive 
Directors to be more involved in core decision making 
between formal (in person) board meetings which involve 
approving quarterly updates, interim and annual financial 
accounts, budget and remuneration reviews. 

The Board retains full and effective control over the 
business and operations of the Group. The Board’s regular 
schedule provides for monthly Board meetings, of which 
four are formal in-depth meetings and the remaining being 
monthly calls providing operational, HSSE, financial and 
business development updates. The Board also has ad-
hoc calls as and when the business requires. The Board 
and its Committees receive appropriate and timely 
information prior to each meeting; a formal agenda is 
produced for each meeting and Board and Committee 
papers are typically distributed one week before meetings 
take place. Any Director may challenge the EMT’s 
proposals and decisions are taken democratically after 
discussions. Any Director who feels that any concern 
remains unresolved after discussions may ask for that 
concern to be noted in the minutes of the meeting, which 
are then circulated to the Board. Any specific actions 
arising from such meetings are agreed by the Board or 
relevant Committee and then followed up by the EMT.  

The Non-Executive Chairman has overall responsibility for 
corporate governance and the promotion of high 
standards throughout the Group. He leads and chairs the 
Board, ensures that committees are properly structured 

 
 
 
36

Trinity Exploration & Production plc                                           

QCA Principles (continued)  

and operate within the appropriate terms of reference. He 
also leads in the development of strategies and setting 
objectives and oversees communication between the 
Group and its shareholders.  

The Non-Executive Chairman is an important interlocutor 
between shareholders and the Board. The Non-Executive 
Chairman also acts as a sounding board for the CEO and 
an intermediary for other Directors. He is responsible for 
holding regular informal meetings and calls with other 
Directors.  

The Executive Director is responsible for implementing 
and delivering the strategy and operational decisions 
agreed by the Board, making operational and financial 
decisions required in the day-to-day operation of the 
Group, providing executive leadership to the wider staff 
team, championing the Group’s core values and promoting 
talent management.  

The Non-Executive Directors contribute independent 
thinking and judgement through the application of their 
external experience and knowledge, scrutinise the 
performance of EMT, provide constructive challenge to 
the Executive Director and ensure that the Group is 
operating within the governance and risk framework 
approved by the Board.  

As noted above the Board holds regular meetings at 
which HSSE, Production/Operations, Financial and 
Strategic goals are considered and where appropriate 
voted upon. The Board is responsible for the Group’s 
strategy and key financial and compliance issues.  

There are certain matters that are reserved for the Board, 
which include:  

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

approval of the Group’s strategic aims and objectives;  

approval of the Group’s annual operating and Capex 
budgets and any material changes to them;  

review of Group performance and approving any 
necessary corrective action that is to be taken;  

extension of the Group’s activities into new business 
or geographical areas;  

setting the capital allocation policy that includes 
returns to shareholders in the form of share buybacks 
and dividends. 

any decision to cease to operate all or any part of the 
Group’s business;  

7. major changes to the Group’s corporate structure and 

management and control structure;  

any changes to the Group’s listing;  

changes to governance and key business policies;  

8.

9.

10. ensure maintenance of a sound system of internal 

control and risk management;  

11.

12.

approval of half yearly and annual report, accounts 
and preliminary announcements of final year results;  

review material contracts and contracts not in the 
ordinary course of business; and  

13. setting EMT pay and conditions, annual bonuses and 

awards under the Long-Term Incentive Plans 
(“LTIPs”). 

The Board has approved the adoption of the QCA Code 
as its governance framework against which this statement 
has been prepared and will monitor the suitability of this 
Code on an annual basis and revise its governance 
framework as appropriate as the Group evolves. 

The Board has a Remuneration Committee, Audit 
Committee and Technical Committee, further details 
relating to which are set out below. The Board has made 
the decision not to have an HSSE Committee, but Kaat 
Van Hecke is the Board member responsible for 
overseeing HSSE. HSSE is considered to be of the upmost 
importance to the Board and throughout the organisation. 
An HSSE report is provided and a verbal update given at 
every Board meeting, being one of the first items on the 
agenda. At present the Directors feel that HSSE matters 
being discussed by the Board in its entirety is of benefit. 
At some stage, especially if the operations of the business 
grow significantly, the decision may be made to establish 
an HSSE Committee. 

The Remuneration Committee  

The Remuneration Committee is responsible for 
determining and recommending to the Board the 
remuneration of the Executive Director and other members 
of the EMT. It is also responsible for the design of all share 
incentive plans and the determination of individual awards 
to the Executive Director and other members of the EMT 
and the performance targets to be used.  

The Remuneration Committee currently comprises of Kaat 
Van Hecke who was appointed Chair effective from 1 July 
2022, Derek Hudson and Angus Winther. Nicholas Clayton 
stepped down as Chair of the Committee on 1 July 2022. 
The Committee generally meets four times a year. 

The Audit Committee  

The main functions of the Audit Committee include 
monitoring the integrity of the Group’s financial 
statements and reviewing the effectiveness of the 
Group’s internal controls and risk management systems. 
The Audit Committee makes recommendations to the 
Board in relation to the appointment of the Group’s 
auditors, overseeing the approval of their remuneration 
and terms of engagement and assessing annually their 
independence, objectivity and effectiveness. It also 
ensures that the Group is compliant with its relevant 
regulatory requirements.  

The Audit Committee currently comprises of Angus 
Winther (Chair), Kaat Van Hecke and James Menzies. The 
Audit Committee generally meets three times a year.  

The Technical Committee 

The Board established a Technical Committee in January 
2022 in order to ensure the technical effort in the 
Company is being utilised and directed effectively and 
that the resources are of the appropriate quality and 
supported in the optimal way.  

The Technical Committee currently comprises two Non-
Executive Directors; James Menzies (Chair) and Derek 
Hudson, and three other independent experts who bring 
complementary and relevant expertise to the 

 
 
 
Annual Report & Financial Statements 2022

Committee’s deliberations. The Technical Committee is 
expected to meet at least four times a year (and on an ad 
hoc basis as required).  

10. Communicate how the Group is governed and is 
performing by maintaining a dialogue with 
shareholders and other relevant stakeholders 

The Board places a high priority on transparent and effective 
communications with shareholders and all other stakeholders. 
As an AIM listed company there is a need to provide fair and 
balanced information in a way that is understandable to all 
stakeholders. The Board recognises the importance of 
engaging with all stakeholders including investors, partners, 
suppliers, media, communities and the GORTT. We update, 
and where appropriate seek feedback from, all key 
stakeholders via regular meetings and communications 
throughout the year. Refer to Stakeholder Engagement 
section on page 10 for further information.  

Corporate Governance Framework  

The Board  

The Board is responsible for managing the Company, 
formulating strategy, setting budgets, raising and 
deploying capital, overseeing overall performance and 
discharging legal and statutory obligations. The Board has 
established Audit, Remuneration and Technical 
Committees to assist it in discharging its responsibilities 
and to apply an appropriate level of scrutiny over the 
related functions. The Board delegates day-to-day 
responsibility for running the Group to the EMT led by the 
Chief Executive Officer.  

Audit Committee  

The Audit Committee monitors the integrity of the Group’s 
financial statements and reviews the effectiveness of the 
Group’s internal controls and risk management systems. 
The Audit Committee makes recommendations to the 
Board in relation to the appointment of the Group’s 
auditors, overseeing the approval of their remuneration 
and terms of engagement and assessing annually their 
independence, objectivity and effectiveness. It also seeks 
to ensure that the Group is compliant with its relevant 
regulatory requirements.  

Remuneration Committee  

The Remuneration Committee determines and makes 
recommendations to the Board on the remuneration of 
the Company’s Executive Director and other members of 
the EMT. It is also responsible for the design of all share 
incentive plans and the determination of individual awards 
to the Executive Director and other Executive 
Management and the performance targets to be used.  

Technical Committee 

The Technical Committee interacts with the sub-surface 
teams at a working level, offering mentorship. It follows 
the sub-surface teams from idea generation to evaluation 
and execution and provides the Board with confirmation 
that technical work has been considered and evaluated 
appropriately. 

37

Strategic Report  

l Governance 

Financial Accounts 
Glossary 
Company Information

Non-Executive Chairman  

The Non-Executive Chairman is responsible for leading the 
Board and engaging with, and providing advice to, the Chief 
Executive Officer as required. The Non-Executive Chairman 
also engages with investors and other stakeholders. 

Chief Executive Officer  

The Chief Executive Officer leads the EMT to deliver the 
business goals and objectives as directed by the Board.  

Executive Management Team  

The EMT ensures the operational functions of the Group 
are carried out safely / efficiently and provides Corporate, 
Legal, HSSE and Financial inputs and recommendations to 
the Chief Executive Officer who in turn relates the 
proposed initiatives to the Board.  

Company Secretary  

The Company Secretary works closely with the Board and 
Board Committees to ensure that Board and Committee 
members receive appropriate updates on governance and 
compliance and provides guidance so that good 
boardroom practices are preserved.  

The Group’s Annual Report and Notice of AGMs are 
published to all shareholders. The Interim Report and other 
investor presentations are also available for the last six 
years and can be downloaded from the Group’s website. 
Quarterly updates are provided to the market. 
Shareholders are also kept up to date through RNS on 
regulatory matters and other matters of material substance.  

The Group also communicates with shareholders and 
potential investors through a variety of other methods 
including investor presentations, analyst meetings, PR 
media, emails and one- on-one and group meetings. The 
Non-Executive Chairman liaises regularly with the Group’s 
major shareholders and other relevant stakeholders and 
ensures that their views are communicated to the Board. 
Encouraging effective two-way communication with 
shareholders encourages mutual understanding and better 
connection with them. The benefits include improved 
transparency of information on the business and its 
performance, appropriate consideration of all shareholders' 
views, as well as instilling trust and confidence to allow 
informed investment decisions to be made by the Board.  

On behalf of Board  

Nicholas Clayton 
Non-Executive Chairman  

31 May 2023 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
38

Trinity Exploration & Production plc                                           

Board of Directors

Executive Directors  

Jeremy Bridglalsingh  
Executive Director  

Non-Executive Directors 

Nicholas Clayton 
Non-Executive Chairman 

(11 January 2017 to present)  

(28 November 2018 to present)  

Jeremy is a Trinidadian and is a qualified accountant 
(Chartered Institute of Management Accountants 
(“CIMA”), 2006) with a BSc. in Management Studies  
from the University of the West Indies (2000). Prior to 
joining Trinity in 2012, he worked in financial services at 
PricewaterhouseCoopers (T&T) and Operis Group plc 
(London), mainly in an advisory role on various 
transactions across a number of jurisdictions.  

In the past 10 years with Trinity, he held roles across  
the Financial, ICT and Supply Chain disciplines before 
assuming the role of CFO of Trinity in January 2016.  
He combined that with the role of Managing Director  
from March 2019 until he relinquished the CFO role in 
September 2020, and was appointed CEO of Trinity  
in August 2021.  

Nicholas is British and has provided strategic and 
corporate finance advice to and has been an Executive  
and Non-Executive Director of numerous public and private 
oil and gas companies since 2007. Prior to that, he held  
a series of senior oil and gas corporate finance roles, 
including Global Co-Head of Oil and Gas Corporate Finance 
for Canaccord Adams and Global Head of Oil and Gas 
Corporate Finance for Dresdner Kleinwort Wasserstein.  
He started his career with BP, before moving into financial 
services where he specialised in the oil and gas sector.  
He brings to the Board over 37 years of experience within 
the oil and gas sector both as a practitioner, a director, and 
as an adviser. He currently serves as a Director of Active 
Away Ltd and Royal Lymington Yacht Club Limited.  

James Menzies  
Independent Non-Executive Director 
Technical Committee Chairman 

(23 June 2017 to present)  

James is British and is a qualified Geophysicist. He brings 
to the Board a broad range of industrial and corporate 
expertise as he has 32 years of experience within the oil 
and gas industry both as a technical practitioner and as  
a Senior Executive. James is the former Chief Executive 
Officer of Coro Energy plc. James founded Salamander 
Energy plc in 2004 and was the Chief Executive Officer up 
until its takeover by Ophir Energy that valued the business 
at USD 850.0 million. James is Chairman of the Technical 
Committee and a member of Trinity’s Audit Committee. 
James is a Director of Topaz Number One Limited and 
Topaz Advisers Limited. 

 
 
Annual Report & Financial Statements 2022

39

Strategic Report  

l Governance 

Financial Accounts 
Glossary 
Company Information

Angus Winther  
Non-Executive Director 
Audit Committee Chairman  

(11 January 2017 to present)  

Angus is British and spent 28 years working in the 
investment banking industry, primarily advising clients in 
insurance and financial services. He co-founded Lexicon 
Partners, a London based investment banking advisory 
firm, in 2000 and was closely involved in the leadership  
of that firm until it was acquired by Evercore in 2011.  
He served as a senior adviser at Evercore until October 
2016, when he left the firm to pursue other interests.  
He is non-executive chairman (designate) of Apollo 
Syndicate Management Limited (a Lloyd’s managing 
agent), a non-executive director of Benefact Group plc 
and its subsidiary Ecclesiastical Insurance Office plc  
(a specialist insurance group) and trustee of several 
charities. He has a degree in Politics from Durham 
University. Angus is the Chairman of Trinity’s Audit 
Committee and a member of the Remuneration 
Committee.  

Kaat Van Hecke 
Independent Non-Executive Director 
Remuneration Committee Chair (effective 1 July 2022) 

(22 February 2022 to present) 

Kaat is Belgian, has over 25 years’ experience in the oil  
& gas industry and has a strong operations background, 
having started her career as a Production Engineer  
with ExxonMobil and Shell in Europe and Nigeria. As the 
Operations Planning Manager at Sakhalin Energy – in the 
far east of Russia – she played a key integration role in 
the start-up of the 450,000 boepd company. From 2013-
2016 she served as the MD and Senior Vice President 
Austria Upstream at OMV. Kaat is the chairwoman of  
the Remuneration Committee, a member of the Audit 
Committee and is responsible for the Board’s oversight  
of the HSSE function. 

David Segel  
Non-Executive Director  

(11 January 2017 to 22 February 2022)  

Derek Hudson 
Independent Non-Executive Director 

(14 September 2021 to present) 

Derek is Trinidadian and a geologist by profession, having 
over 30 years senior level experience in the oil and gas 
industry, operating globally (Trinidad and Tobago, United 
States, United Kingdom and East Africa) with multi-
national organisations and state enterprises. Derek is 
currently Non-Executive Chairman of Scotiabank Trinidad 
and Tobago Ltd, one of Trinidad and Tobago’s largest 
banks. He worked for BG Group for over 20 years in 
senior managerial positions in the UK North Sea and 
Trinidad, prior to its combination with Royal Dutch Shell in 
2016, and subsequently served as Shell’s Vice President 
and Country Chairman, Trinidad & Tobago from June 2016 
until June 2019, where he was responsible for Shell’s 
upstream and LNG business activities in country. 
Subsequent to retiring from the role, Derek continued to 
serve as a Business Adviser to Shell’s Trinidad and 
Tobago business until June 2021. 

Derek is a member of Trinity’s Remuneration Committee 
and a member of the Technical Committee.

 
 
40

Trinity Exploration & Production plc                                           

Executive Management Team

Jeremy Bridglalsingh  
Chief Executive Officer 

Denva Seepersad 
Executive Manager, Finance & ICT 

Joined Trinity in 2012. Chartered Management Accountant 
for 17 plus years with previous financial services 
experience gained in the United Kingdom.  

Started with Venture’s Trinidadian assets in 2005 as  
a Certified Chartered Accountant holding various key 
finance roles including Financial Controller. He is a Fellow 
Chartered Certified Accountant with 17 plus years’ 
experience in the upstream oil sector in Trinidad. 

Julian Kennedy 
Chief Financial Officer 

Julian has 30 plus years in the oil and gas sector in the 
disciplines of Strategic Planning, Business Development 
and M&A. He joined Trinity in September 2022 and was 
appointed Chief Financial Officer in January 2023. He has 
overall responsibility for Finance, Investor Relations, 
Supply Chain and Commercial. 

Mark Kingsley  
Chief Operations Officer  

Mark has over 35 years in the upstream oil and gas 
industry, including managing operating companies, assets 
and multiple functional disciplines. He joined Trinity in April 
2023 and has overall responsibility for Operations, 
Subsurface and Developments. 

Nirmala Maharaj  
Chief of Staff & General Counsel 

Joined Trinity as the Legal Manager in 2012, served as 
Legal and Corporate Services Manager from 2014 and 
Country Manager from October 2015 to March 2019.  
She is an Attorney-at-Law by background with 20 plus 
years’ experience.  

Dr. Ryan Ramsook 
Executive Manager, Exploration 

Joined Trinity in 2013, served as Geoscientist 2013-2014 
and Deputy Subsurface Manager from 2014-2015. Re-
joined Trinity in 2018 as Team Lead Subsurface from 
2018-2021. Dr. Ramsook also lectures and is involved in 
collaborative Geoscience research with the University  
of the West Indies and Fellow of the Geological Society 
(FGS) of London. He is a Geologist by background with  
19 plus years’ experience. 

Alistair Green 
Executive Manager, Development 

Alistair has 15 plus years’ experience working in a wide 
range of commercial and technical roles. He joined Trinity 
in December 2022 and is responsible for maturing new 
Developments and the Petroleum Engineering portfolio  
in our operations. 

Ronald Solomon 
Executive Manager, Operations 

Joined Trinity in 2021. Engineer by background. 17 plus 
years’ experience in Oil & Gas operations and senior 
management. Previously held senior leadership roles  
for a major oilfield service company in Russia, Caspian 
countries and Caribbean areas. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
Annual Report & Financial Statements 2022

Board Activities

41

Strategic Report  

l Governance 

Financial Accounts 
Glossary 
Company Information

The Board is responsible for maintaining full and effective 
control over the Group. The Board holds regular meetings 
at which HSSE, Production/Operations, Financial and 
strategic goals are considered and agreed.  

Matters which are reserved for the Board include: 

•

•

•

Approval of the Group’s strategy and objectives;  

Approval of the Group’s budgets, including operating 
and capital expenditure budgets;  

Growth of activities into new business areas or 
geographical locations;  

• Material changes to the Group’s structure and 

management;  

•

•

•

•

Changes to the Group’s listing, governance or 
business processes;  

Approval of the Group’s annual report and accounts 
and interim report; 

Setting EMT pay and conditions, annual bonuses and 
awards under the LTIPs; and  

Reviewing the effectiveness of the Board and its 
Committees. 

Time commitment  

Board and Board Committee meeting dates are agreed  
at the beginning of the year. The Board, Audit, 
Remuneration and Technical Committees are chaired  
by Non-Executive Directors who work closely with  
the Company Secretary in preparing agendas for the 
meetings and ensuring adequate advice and guidance  
is obtained in their respective areas. 

Whilst the Chief Executive Officer is expected to devote 
substantially the whole of his working time to his duties 
within the Group, the Non-Executive Directors are 
expected to allocate sufficient time to the Group to 
discharge their responsibilities.  

It is expected that all Directors attend, and devote 
adequate time to prepare for, all meetings of the Board 
and any Board Committees of which they are members, 
as well as the AGM. It is expected, where possible, that 
the Directors visit the Group’s San Fernando Office, 
located in Southern Trinidad, at least once a year, 
meeting with administrative and technical personnel via 
face-to-face meetings and as well as making site visits to 
well/drilling locations.  

The Directors’ attendance at scheduled and ad hoc Board 
Meetings and Board Committees during 2022 is detailed 
in the table below:  

Directors’ attendance  

Director Requirement

Jeremy Bridglalsingh
Angus Winther
David Segel2
James Menzies
Nicholas Clayton
Derek Hudson
Kaat Van Hecke3

Total meetings

Notes:  

Board
Scheduled
Meeting

Board 
Ad Hoc
Meeting1

Audit
Committee4

Remuneration
Committee5

Technical 
 Committee 

11

11
11
1
9
11
10
9

11

4

4
4

4
3
4
4

4

3

3
3

2
3

2

3

5

5

1
5
4
4

5

Ad hoc 

15 

15 

15 

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

Ad hoc meetings: Additional meetings called for a specific matter generally of a more administrative nature not requiring full Board attendance.  

David Segel resigned as Non-Executive Director on 22 February 2022. 

Kaat Van Hecke was appointed as Non-Executive Director on 22 February 2022. 

On 6 May 2022 Nicholas Clayton stood down as a member of the Audit Committee and Kaat Van Hecke was appointed as a member. 

On 6 May 2022 Nicholas Clayton and James Menzies stood down as members of the Remuneration Committee and Kaat Van Hecke and Derek Hudson were 
appointed as members.

Relationship with Shareholders  

The Board remains fully committed to maintaining 
communication with the Group’s shareholders. There is 
regular dialogue with major shareholders and meetings 
following significant announcements. 

The Group’s website www.trinityexploration.com 
contains all announcements, press releases, major 
corporate presentations and interim and year end 
results. The Group publishes the annual report and 
accounts each year which contains a strategic report, 
governance section, financial statements and additional 
information.  

The Annual Report is available on the Group’s website 
and also available in paper format, on request.  

The Board uses its AGMs to communicate with both 
private and institutional investors. All Directors attend the 
AGM and make it an opportunity to engage with 
shareholders, answer queries during the formal business 
of the AGM or to discuss more informally following the 
meeting. The shareholders are encouraged to attend and 
vote at AGMs or to appoint a proxy to represent them. 
Immediately after the AGM, the decisions made on the 
AGM resolutions are released to the market by RNS.  

 
 
 
 
 
 
42

Trinity Exploration & Production plc                                           

Audit Committee Report

Responsibilities of the Audit Committee  

External Auditors  

The Committee reviews and makes recommendations  
to the Board on:  

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

compliance with accounting standards and legal  
and regulatory requirements.  

accounting issues that require a major element  
of judgement or risk.  

any change in accounting policies.  

disclosures in the interim and annual report and 
financial statements.  

reviewing the effectiveness of the Group’s financial 
and internal controls.  

appointment of the Group’s external auditors.  

any significant concerns raised by the external 
auditor about the conduct or overall outcome  
of the annual audit of the Group.  

any matters that may significantly affect the 
independence of the external auditor.  

2022 Activities  

During the year, the Committee met three times and the 
members’ attendance record at Committee meetings 
during the financial year is set out under Board Activities 
on page 41. Although not members of the Audit 
Committee, the Chairman, Chief Executive Officer, Chief 
Financial Officer and Executive Manager of Finance and 
ICT are invited to attend meetings. The Group’s external 
auditors are also invited to attend Committee meetings, 
unless they have a conflict of interest.  

An essential part of the integrity of the financial 
statements is the Going Concern assessment and the key 
assumptions, estimates and judgments made within the 
financial statements. The Committee reviews the Going 
Concern assessment and key assumptions, estimates  
and judgments prior to publication of both the interim  
and full year financial statements, as well as considering 
significant issues throughout the year. In particular, this 
includes reviewing subjective assumptions relating to the 
Group’s activities, particularly those relating to complex 
calculations including non-current asset impairments, 
inventory impairments, provision for decommissioning  
and deferred taxes, to enable an appropriate 
determination of asset valuation, provisioning and the 
accounting treatment thereof. The Committee reviewed 
and was satisfied that the Going Concern assessment and 
judgments exercised by management on subjective items 
contained within the Report and Accounts are reasonable.  

Appointment of External Auditors  

•

•

•

The Group fee to BDO for the financial year  
to 31 December 2022 is USD 0.3 million  
(2021: USD 0.3 million). 

External auditors are re-appointed annually, subject 
to a satisfactory review by the Audit Committee of 
their performance, independence and service 
proposal. The Audit Committee undertakes a 
comprehensive review of the quality, effectiveness, 
value and independence of the audit provided each 
year, seeking the views of the wider Board, together 
with relevant members of the EMT. Having completed 
this review, the Audit Committee is recommending 
BDO’s reappointment for the financial year to 31 
December 2023.  

In relation to the appointment, re-appointment  
and removal of the Company's External auditor.  
The Audit Committee oversees the selection  
process for a new auditor.  

Rotation of Audit Partners  

The Group’s external auditors are required to rotate their 
audit partners on a basis that allows them sufficient time 
to be fully familiar with the business, so that they can 
operate effectively and efficiently, but not be appointed  
in the role for so long that it may give rise to a lack of 
independence. This policy requires the lead audit partner 
to rotate after a maximum period of five years, and all 
other partners including the review partner to rotate after 
a maximum period of seven years. Each of the Group’s 
subsidiaries also apply the same rotation policy.  

Internal Controls 

The Audit Committee has considered the Group’s internal 
control and risk management policies and systems, their 
effectiveness and the requirements for an internal audit 
function in the context of the Group’s overall risk 
management system. The Committee is satisfied that  
the Group does not currently require an internal audit 
function. However, it will continue to periodically review 
the potential need for an internal audit function. The 
Committee is assured that the robust internal financial 
controls, risk management and mitigation measures  
in place are sufficient and effectively communicated.  
The Audit Committee reviewed the impact of the 
sophisticated Cyber incident that occurred in December 
2022, the steps taken by the Company to close out and 
reestablish its systems and was satisfied that the rebuild 
is resilient and fit for purpose. 

Angus Winther  
Chairman of the Audit Committee 

31 May 2023

 
 
 
 
 
 
Annual Report & Financial Statements 2022

Technical Committee Report

43

Strategic Report  

l Governance 

Financial Accounts 
Glossary 
Company Information

The Technical Committee is responsible for providing 
objective and independent feedback to the Board of 
Directors on opportunities being considered. 

The Committee’s role includes: 

• Mentoring and providing guidance to the Subsurface 
Team, supporting and providing the Board with 
assurance and confidence in order to support the 
Executive team and wider Board’s ability to make 
confident decisions concerning the business.  

•

•

•

Assisting in the development of work processes for 
continuous improvement based on the exchange of 
industry best practices and knowledge in discussion 
forums. 

Assisting the Subsurface Team to fully realise the 
potential of increased amounts of data, new 
capabilities that should be added to already existing 
tools/workflows, and in addition, new tools to be 
developed. 

Encouraging communication and the exchange of 
knowledge and experience with industry peers as the 
basis for a maintaining a competitive edge. 

Activities in 2022  

During the year the committee met 15 times both in 
Trinidad and London as well as virtually. The Technical 
Committee was constituted early in the year following 
recruitment of the Committee members, who are experts 
in their fields and are external to the Company. The 
Committee’s work initially focussed on an Onshore and 
West Coast portfolio review. This was followed by an 
assessment of Trinity’s Palo Seco and Fyzabad assets 
which led to a focus on the PS-4, WD-5/6 blocks.  

A comprehensive review of the 3D seismic interpretation 
and the implications for deeper prospectivity in the Palo 
Seco area was completed, highlighting the attractions of 
the deeper Miocene play and high grading the Jacobin 
prospect as one of a number of deeper prospects 
mapped in the play.  

Later in the year, the Committee met to discuss the 
onshore bid round and to review Management’s initial 
screening of the blocks. This review led to the high-
grading of the Buenos Ayres block, where the Committee 
felt that the Company had developed a competitive edge 
in the understanding of the trapping mechanisms at both 
Forest and deeper Cruse levels. The Committee’s work 
supported Board approval for the subsequent bid for the 
Buenos Ayres block. 

James Menzies 
Chair of the Technical Committee 

31 May 2023 

  
  
 
 
44

Trinity Exploration & Production plc                                           

Remuneration Committee Report

Responsibilities of the Remuneration Committee  

The Remuneration Committee is responsible for making 
recommendations to the Board regarding the framework 
for the remuneration of the Executive Director and other 
members of the EMT. The Committee works within its 
terms of reference, and its role includes:  

•

•

•

•

•

Review, evaluate, determine and agree with the 
Board, the Remuneration Policy for the Executive 
Director and, under guidance of the Executive 
Director, other members of EMT.  

Ensure executive remuneration packages are 
competitive.  

Determine whether annual bonuses should be 
payable and recommending levels for individual 
executives.  

Determine each year whether any awards/grants 
should be made under the long-term incentive 
schemes, the value of such awards and their 
performance criteria.  

Agree Directors’ service contracts and notice 
periods.  

The Remuneration Committee utilises a range of tools and 
measures to frame its deliberations over all aspects of 
executive remuneration at Trinity. These include, but are 
not limited to, a review of executive remuneration in peer 
companies and surveys of executive remuneration for 
similar sized companies in other sectors. The Committee 
engages an external remuneration consultant, FIT, to 
provide analysis, including on benchmarking, trends and 
LTIP awards, which provides useful guidance to the 
Committee. FIT is a member of the Remuneration 
Consultants Group and, as such, voluntarily operates 
under the Code of Conduct in relation to executive 
remuneration consulting in the UK.  

In 2021 the salaries of the Executive Directors and other 
members of the EMT were held constant, reflecting the 
difficult operating environment. However, executive salary 
increases were implemented in 2022 to ensure that they 
remain competitive with executive salaries remaining 
constant for 2023. In 2022, due to the global increase in 
inflation, the Committee reviewed the cost-of-living 
component in the employee’s remuneration and the 
recommendation was to increase the employee’s 
remuneration below EMT and Team lead level with  
a fixed amount. This way, the lower paid employees  
within the organisation were most protected. Details on 
implementation have been dealt with by the Executive.

The framework for determining executive bonuses is 
established by a challenging matrix of KPIs that are 
designed to align the interests of executives with the 
overall strategy of the Group. Typically, the scorecard 
involves 10 to 15 KPIs covering a range of strategic targets 
deemed critical to the business and falling within the 
following areas:  

•

Financial – including Operating Cashflow and cost 
control targets;  

• Operational – including annual production targets  

and drilling objectives;  

•

•

•

HSSE / ESG – targets for the avoidance of 
incidents and GHG emission management;  

Strategic – progression of major value accretive 
initiatives; and  

Corporate – includes investor relations and 
shareholder structure targets.  

The Executive Director works with members of the EMT 
to translate these KPIs into sets of secondary objectives 
for each EMT member that drives their individual 
performance evaluations and, ultimately, cascade down  
to drive the performance of all employees working within 
the Group. 

The KPI matrix acts as a guide to setting bonuses  
and directing the activities of executives towards the 
achievement of the strategic direction established by  
the Board. Implicitly, this reflects an overall assessment  
by the Board of the risks involved in pursuing the strategy 
of the Group. Executives understand, however, that the 
Remuneration Committee will always exercise discretion 
when finalising bonuses to consider stock market, oil 
market and general economic conditions prevailing 
globally as well as in Trinidad and the UK, at the time 
bonuses are agreed as well as the underlying 
performance of the business. Based on the robust 
performance of the business, bonuses for 2021 were paid 
in June 2022 shortly after publication of the audited 
accounts. In 2022 the business continued to deliver 
robust operating performance. As a result, 2022 bonus 
awards were approved by the Remuneration Committee, 
and are to be paid shortly after publication of the 2022 
audited accounts. Bonuses will be lower than levels 
declared in 2021.  

Our Auditors have audited aspects of this report as it 
relates solely to the reported items within the financial 
statements. 

 
Annual Report & Financial Statements 2022

45

Strategic Report  

l Governance 

Financial Accounts 
Glossary 
Company Information

2022 Performance and Review  

Corporate KPI’s:  

Cash-Based Option awards: 

•

Setting corporate KPI’s which are used to determine 
the bonus awards of the Executive Director and the 
EMT. The EMT’s bonus awards were set according  
to a mixture of Corporate KPI’s and personal 
performance.  

•

In 2022 a cash-based option scheme was introduced 
to encourage and incentivise Team Leaders within 
the organisation. The cash-based scheme is based on 
share price performance over a three-year period 
and aligns Team Leaders interest with shareholders. 

Corporate Governance disclosure:  

•

Discussed UK Corporate Governance requirements  
in respect of responsibilities of the Remuneration 
Committee in recommending Executive Director  
and EMT pay. The Group currently is not required  
to adhere to the UK Corporate Governance Code. 
However, the Committee recommended that best 
practices are followed and continuously monitors  
the guidelines.  

Remuneration Policy:  

•

Appointment of FIT, a remuneration consultant, to 
assist the Committee with a performance monitoring 
of the Company’s LTIP awards.  

Chair of the Remuneration Committee:  

•

Nicholas Clayton stepped down as Chair of the 
Remuneration Committee and Kaat Van Hecke was 
appointed Chair with effect from 1 July 2022.  

Kaat Van Hecke 
Remuneration Committee Chair 

31 May 2023  

• Mid-year/Year-end review of corporate KPI’s.  

Key pay outcomes:  

•

•

•

Jeremy Bridglalsingh’s base salary for 2022 was  
USD 300,000 per annum (2021: USD 273,750).  

Nicholas Clayton’s fees as Non-Executive Chairman 
were established, in pounds sterling, at the equivalent 
of USD 99,650 per annum. An additional fee of USD 
49,825 was paid for the support and assistance Mr 
Clayton provided to the Executive Director after 
Bruce Dingwall’s, passing. Mr Clayton, as Chair of  
the Remuneration Committee until 1 July 2022, 
recused himself from all discussions relating to  
his fee for the role. 

Additional fees are also paid for chairing Board 
Committees and for additional consultancy services, 
beyond those normally provided by a Non-Executive 
Director. The Non-Executive Director fees were 
agreed by Mr Clayton and subsequently Kaat Van 
Hecke (as Chair of the Remuneration Committee)  
in consultation with Mr Bridglalsingh, with the other 
members of the Remuneration Committee recusing 
themselves from all discussions relating to their  
own fees. 

LTIP awards: 

•

Reviewed performance criteria and recommended 
grant of the 2021 LTIP awards. The Group granted 
options over 290,000 ordinary shares on 6 June 
2022 (the “2021 Award”), which represented 0.73% 
of the Company’s then issued capital), in respect of 
performance during 2021, including 90,000 options 
to Jeremy Bridglalsingh. From September 2022 to  
31 December 2022 a further 125,000 options were 
granted to new members of the EMT. The total 
options granted under the 2021 LTIP Award were 
therefore 415,000. 

• On 2 January 2022, 258,674 options vested from 

awards granted on 9 May 2019 (the “2018 Award”) as 
a result of the performance conditions being partially 
satisfied. This included 54,853 options to Jeremy 
Bridglalsingh. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
46

Trinity Exploration & Production plc                                           

Directors’ Remuneration Report

Review and Approval Process 

The Group prepares the Remuneration Report on an 
annual basis and presents it to the Remuneration 
Committee alongside the existing Remuneration Policy. 
The Committee review and evaluate the content and 
advise of any amendments or recommendations before 
final approval is granted for publication. Our Auditors 
have audited aspects of this report as it relates solely  
to the reported items within the financial statements.

The main components of the Remuneration Policy and 
how they are linked to and support the Group’s business 
strategy, are summarised below: 

Element

Operation

Maximum opportunity

Performance assessment

Base salary

Reflects level of 
responsibility and 
achievement of the 
individual.

Salaries are reviewed as required 
by the Remuneration Committee 
and adjustments are made 
accordingly. 

Any salary increases in 
future years will be 
determined by the 
Remuneration Committee.

Not applicable.

When determining salaries for the 
Executive Director and members of 
the EMT the Committee takes into 
consideration: 

• Market data (supported by 

analysis provided by FIT, the 
Company’s Remuneration 
Consultants);  

•

Local market employment 
conditions; and 

• Salary increases awarded to 

other employees in the Group. 

Salaries are benchmarked 
periodically against comparable 
roles at companies of a similar size, 
complexity and which operate 
primarily, but not exclusively, in the 
exploration & production sector 
and the AIM market.

Annual bonus

The annual bonus 
aligns executive 
rewards to strategic 
KPIs agreed by the 
Committee and are 
intended to drive 
the short-term 
performance of  
the Group. 

The Executive Director and 
members of the EMT may 
participate in an annual 
performance driven bonus  
scheme. 

The performance period  
is one financial year. 

Pension 

To provide 
competitive levels of 
retirement benefit.

Salary supplement in lieu of 
pension contributions for the 
Executive Director.

Maximum: up to 100% of 
base salary. 

This can be exceeded in 
exceptional circumstances 
at the discretion of the 
Committee. Bonuses may 
also be paid wholly or in 
part in shares or deferred  
at the discretion of the 
Committee. 

There is no contractual 
obligation to pay bonuses.

A KPI performance scorecard 
is used as a guide by the 
Committee, which can be 
overridden based on a 
broader assessment of 
overall Group performance 
and market conditions. 

The measures are 
determined by the 
Committee, typically  
at the commencement  
of the financial year.

Up to 10% of base salary.

Not applicable. 

 
 
Annual Report & Financial Statements 2022

47

Strategic Report  

l Governance 

Financial Accounts 
Glossary 
Company Information

Operation

Maximum opportunity

Performance assessment

Element

LTIP

The LTIP seeks to 
align the Executive 
Director’s and other 
EMT members’ 
interests with those 
of shareholders and 
drive superior long-
term performance.

Under the LTIP, the Executive 
Director and other members of the 
EMT may be provided with awards 
in the form of conditional shares or 
nil-cost options.

Other benefits

To provide 
competitive levels  
of employment 
benefits. 

The Committee may provide a 
benefits package to the Executive 
Director and other EMT members 
at its discretion. 

Reviewed periodically to ensure 
benefits remain market 
competitive.

Requirement to build and maintain 
a holding of shares equivalent in 
value to a minimum of two times 
their salary within a five-year 
period.

Shareholding Policy 

To ensure that the 
Executive Director’s 
interests are aligned 
with those of 
shareholders over a 
longer time horizon.

Annual awards will normally 
vest at the end of a three-
year period subject to 
performance conditions. 

Further details of the 
performance conditions of 
these awards can be found 
in Note 25 in Notes to 
Financial Statements.

Not applicable

Aggregate annual awards 
made to the Executive 
Director and other members 
of the EMT will normally  
be capped at 1% of the 
issued share capital of the 
Company, except where 
one-off awards are made to 
new members of the EMT, 
Executives promoted to  
the Board or new joiners. 
Awards under the LTIP  
are non-contractual. 

Benefit values vary year on 
year depending on 
premiums and the maximum 
potential value is the cost of 
the provision of these 
benefits.

Not applicable.

Not applicable. 

Executive Directors’ service contracts 

The Company’s policy on Directors’ service contracts are indicated below: 

                                                                                            Effective term                                                                      Notice period 

Chief Executive Officer                                 Rolling with no fixed expiry date.                 Six months 

Non-executive Director Remuneration Policy 

Maximum potential value 

Objective 

To attract Non-Executive Directors with the requisite skills 
and experience. 

Operation 

Fee levels are set at a level paid for comparable roles at 
companies of a similar size, complexity and which operate 
in the exploration & production sector. Fee levels are 
reviewed annually.  

Fees are to be paid on a quarterly basis to Non-Executive 
Directors with the exception of the Non-Executive 
Chairman who is paid monthly. Whilst there is no 
maximum individual fee level, fees are set at a level 
considered appropriate to attract and retain the calibre  
of individual required by the Group.  

Fee increases may be made in line with the market  
and to take into account the time commitment and duties 
involved. Non-Executive Directors do not participate in 
any variable remuneration element or any other benefits 
arrangements. Additional fees are paid for chairing Board 
Committees and for additional consultancy services, 
beyond those normally provided by a Non-Executive 
Director. The additional fees for consultancy services  
are capped to a maximum amount per quarter and are 
periodically reviewed by the Remuneration Committee. 

 
 
48

Trinity Exploration & Production plc                                           

Directors’ Remuneration Report (continued)  

Performance assessment 

Executive Remuneration (Audited) 

Not applicable for Non-Executive Directors. Annual review 
of Board performance undertaken. 

Annual Report on Remuneration 

This section of the Remuneration Report contains details 
of how the Group’s Remuneration Policy was 
implemented in 2022.  

Our Auditors have audited aspects of this report as it 
relates solely to the reported items within the financial 
statements.

Jeremy Bridglalsingh served as Chief Executive Officer. 

The table below sets out the single total figure of 
remuneration and breakdown for the Executive Director 
paid for the 2022 financial year. Comparative figures for 
2021 have also been provided where applicable.

All figures expressed in USD1

Base Salary
Taxable Benefits2
Annual Bonus
Pension
LTIP(s)3
Gain on exercise of Share Options4

Total

Notes:  

1.

Foreign Exchange (“FX”) Conversions: 

Jeremy Bridglalsingh  

2022

2021 

300,000
20,417
75,000
30,000
141,484
446,520

273,750 
20,417 
138,000 
27,375 
132,908 
— 

1,013,421

592,450 

2.

3.

4. 

i.

ii.

GBP fees were converted to USD using an exchange rate of 1.2456 (2021: 1: 1.3511) 

TTD fees were converted to USD using an exchange rate of 6.7546 (2021: 1: 6.7591)  

Taxable benefits include: Vehicle allowance in favour of Executive Director. 

LTIP: The LTIP is an important element of Trinity’s remuneration philosophy and allows Management to share in the Group’s success when the business strategy 
is executed successfully (refer to LTIPs section on pages 50 to 53 for further information). The cost shown in the table represents the non-cash Share Option 
Expense to the Company incurred in the year in relation to LTIP awards granted to the Executive Directors. 

2022 Gain on exercise of Share Options (“SO”) = (SO x Market Value at date of exercise less Exercise Price). 361,369 options were exercised in 2022, with a 
Market Value of GBp 99.2. Gain value of GBP 358,478 was converted at 1.2456). The gain does not take account of the Share Option Expense to the Company 
which will have been incurred (and therefore already included in the table) prior to the LTIP award vesting. No share options were exercised in 2021. 

 
 
 
Annual Report & Financial Statements 2022

49

Strategic Report  

l Governance 

Financial Accounts 
Glossary 
Company Information

Non-Executive Directors Fees (Audited)  

All figures expressed in USD equivalent7 

Non-Executive Director Fees 
Chair of the Board
Audit Committee Chair
Remuneration Committee Chair
Technical Committee Chair
Other consultancy fees8

Nicholas Clayton1
Angus Winther2
David Segel3
James Menzies4
Derek Hudson5
Kaat Van Hecke6

Total

Notes: 

Director
Fees
2022

99,650
52,316
7,597
52,316
52,316
44,720

Director
Fees
2021

Committee and 
Other Fees
2022

Committee and  

Other Fees
2021

76,562
54,720
54,720
54,720
16,836
—

56,053
12,456
— 
57,299
40,000
6,228

32,089
13,511
—
3,378
7,481
—

Total
2022

155,703
64,773
7,597
109,615
92,316
50,948

209,265 
99,650 
12,456 
12,456 
12,456 
134,668 

Total 
2021 

108,651 
68,231 
54,720 
58,097 
24,317 
— 

308,915

257,558

172,036

56,459

480,951

314,016 

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

7. 

8. 

Nicholas Clayton – Non-Executive Director and appointed Remuneration Committee Chair on 28 November 2018. Appointed Non-executive Chair on 3 August 
2021. Fees include Non-Executive Chair and Chair of Remuneration Committee until 1 July 2022. Additional consultancy fees for support given to the Executive 
Director after the passing of the Executive Chair, Bruce Dingwall, CBE.  

Angus Winther – Non-Executive Director effective 11 January 2017 and appointed Audit Committee Chair effective 23 June 2017. Fees include Non-Executive 
Director and Audit Committee Chair fees. 

David Segel – Non-Executive Director from 11 January 2017 to 22 February 2022. 

James Menzies – Non-Executive Director effective 23 June 2017 and appointed Technical Committee Chair effective 1 January 2022. Fees include Non-Executive 
Director, Technical Committee Chair and consultancy fees for services which are considered to be beyond those typically provided by a non-executive director. 

Derek Hudson – Non-Executive Director fees and consultancy fees for services which are considered to be beyond those typically provided by a non-executive 
director. 

Kaat Van Hecke – Non-Executive Director fees and Remuneration Committee Chair effective from 1 July 2022. Fees include Non-Executive Director and 
Remuneration Committee Chair fees. 

Non-Executive Director Fees are paid in GBP and were converted to USD using an exchange rate of 1.2456 for 2022 (2021: 1: 13511). 

Total Other Fees of USD 134,668 comprises of USD 49,825 Non-executive Chair additional time; USD 44,843 Technical Committee Chair additional time and 
USD 40,000 Consultancy for Derek Hudson. All additional fees for consultancy services to Non-Executive Directors are capped to a maximum amount per 
quarter and are regularly reviewed by the Remuneration Committee. 

Group Remuneration Spend (Audited) 
The following table indicates the Group’s total remuneration for 2022: 
                                                                                                                                                                                     Year-on-year change                             % of Total 

                                                               Directors &                                    Other                                                     Directors                              Directors        Directors 
                                                           Key Managers                           Employees                                     Total             & Key             Other             & Key             & Key 
                                                                        Total1                                    Total2                       Remuneration       Managers     Employees       Managers       Managers 
                                                  2022               2021              2022               2021              2022               2021              2022              2022              2022               2021 

                                    1,185         1,669        7,132        8,001        8,317       9,670         -29%          -11%           14%           17% 

Notes: 

1.

2.

3.

Refer to Note 31 Related Party Transactions – Key Management and Directors’ compensation in the Financial Statements on page 109. 

Refer to Note 35 Employee Costs on page 112. 

All figures expressed in USD ‘000. 

 
50

Trinity Exploration & Production plc                                           

Directors’ Remuneration Report (continued)  

Statement of Executive Directors’ Shareholding (Unaudited) 
The table below summarises the Executive Directors’ interests in shares at 31 December 2022: 

                                                                                                                                                                                                   Outstanding interests 

                                                                                                                                                                           Interests subject 
                                                                                                                     Shareholding                                       to conditions 

Director

Current
Shareholding

(% salary)1

Beneficially
owned
shares2

Vested but
unexercised
LTIP awards

Share
interests
– LTIP3

Options/
Mirror
Scheme4

Total held at 31  
December 
2022 

Jeremy Bridglalsingh

252%

319,463

0

244,128

2,000

565,591 

Notes: 

1.

2.

3. 

4.

5.

The closing share price of GBp 103.5 (USD 128.9 equiv.) as at 31 December 2022 has been taken for the purpose of calculating the current shareholding as a 
percentage of salary at the last day of trading for the financial year and includes LTIP interests subject to conditions.  

Beneficial interests include shares held directly or indirectly by connected persons. 

The options over 244,128 ordinary shares held by Jeremy Bridglalsingh subject to conditions have been included in the Current Shareholding % of Salary 
calculation to better illustrate his interests in the Company. 

The share options vesting period has passed. These have not been exercised and expired in March 2023. 

All GBP fees were converted to USD using an exchange rate of 1.2456 for 2022. 

Share based payments  

Refer to Note 25 - Notes to Financial Statements. 

Total Shareholder Return (“TSR”) 2017-2022 ((Unaudited) 

TSR factors in capital gains and dividends when measuring the total return generated per share for a Trinity shareholder. 

Average
Share price

Closing

Opening

121
142
83
118 
 177 
132

104
127
109
 112 
 120 
145 

127
109
112
 120 
 145 
501 

Annual
TSR GBp
%

Cumulative 
TSR since 2017 
GBp 
% 

(18)
17
(3)
 (7)
 (17)
291 

209 
255 
219 
225 
241  
291 

The opening figure for 2017 is the placing price of 49.8 pence, rather than the share price of 19 pence prevailing on the first trading day of 2017 (when the 
shares were still suspended).

2022
2021
2020
2019
2018
2017

Note 1:

Long term incentive Share Plans (“LTIPs”) (Unaudited) 

The LTIP is designed to provide long-term incentives for 
the Executive Director and EMT members to deliver long-
term shareholder returns. Under the plan, participants are 
granted options which only vest if certain performance 
conditions are met. Participation in the plan is at the 
Remuneration Committee’s discretion and no individual 
has a contractual right to participate in the plan or to 
receive any guaranteed benefits. 

In accordance with the announcement to the market on 
25 August 2017, the current rules of the LTIP provide that 
the aggregate number of ordinary shares issued or 
reserved for issuance under awards granted pursuant to 
the LTIP may not exceed 15% of the Company’s issued 
share capital (including any shares held in treasury). 
Aggregate annual awards made to the Executive Director 
and other members of the EMT will normally be capped  
at 1% of the issued share capital of the Company, except 
where one-off awards are made to new members of  
the EMT or the Board or new joiners.  

 
 
 
 
 
 
Annual Report & Financial Statements 2022

51

Strategic Report  

l Governance 

Financial Accounts 
Glossary 
Company Information

Movements in the number of LTIPs outstanding and their related weighted average exercise prices are as follows (Number 
of options are restated post share consolidation): 

At 1 January
Lapsed/Forfeited
Granted
Exercised
At 31 December

2022 

2021 

Average 
exercise 
price per 
Share Option

GBP 0.00
GBP 0.00
GBP 0.00
GBP 0.00
GBP 0.00

Number of 
Options

3,381,299
(1,360,733)
415,000
1,005,206 
1,430,360

Average  
exercise  
price per 
Share Option 

GBP 0.00
GBP 0.00
GBP 0.00
GBP 0.00
GBP 0.00

Number of  
Options 

3,156,299 
 (100,000) 
325,000 
–  
3,381,299 

LTIPs outstanding as at 31 December 2022 have the following expiry date and exercise prices: 

Grant-Vest

25/8/2017 – 30/6/2022
2/1/2019 – 1/1/2021
9/5/2019 – 2/1/2022
25/6/2020 – 2/1/2023
12/8/2021 – 1/1/2024
6/6/2022 – 01/01/2025

2021 LTIP Award 

The following LTIP awards were granted to the Executive 
Director during 2022: 

Name/Position

Jeremy Bridglalsingh 
Chief Executive Officer

Number of  
ordinary shares 
subject to the Option 

90,000 

On 6 June 2022, Options over a total of 290,000 ordinary 
shares (representing 0.75% of the Company’s issued 
share capital at the time) were granted under the LTIP  
in accordance with a revised LTIP scheme (the “Revised 
LTIP”) to members of the EMT in respect of the 
performance of the Company in the financial year ended 
31 December 2021 (the “2021 LTIP Award”). This included 
90,000 options to the CEO, Jeremy Bridglalsingh. From 
September 2022 to 31 December 2022 a further 125,000 
options were granted to two new members of the EMT. 
The total options granted under the 2021 LTIP Award 
were therefore 415,000. These LTIP awards will vest  
on 1 January 2025, subject to meeting the performance 
criteria set and continued employment in the Company. 
The Options are exercisable at nil cost by the participants. 

The performance targets set for awards made under  
the 2021 LTIP Award will be measured considering both 
the Company’s absolute TSR performance and the 
Company’s relative TSR performance over a three-year 
period, commencing with the current financial year of  
the Company (i.e., a measurement period of 1 January 
2022 to 31 December 2024). TSR calculations will be 
determined by reference to the volume weighted three-
month average price prior to the start and end of the 

Expiry 
date

Exercise 
price

 2022

2021  

24/8/2027
1/1/2024
2/1/2025
2/1/2026
1/1/2027
1/1/2027

GBP 0.00
GBP 0.00
GBP 0.00
GBP 0.00
GBP 0.00
GBP 0.00

 167,037
 50,858
 90,879
 381,586
 325,000
415,000

 2,103,032 
 252,510 
 319,171 
 381,586 
 325,000 
– 

measurement period. The three-month volume weighted 
average price at the start of the performance period for 
the 2021 Annual LTIP Award was £1.38. 

The performance targets provide that: 

•

•

No portion of a distinct one-half of the 2021 Annual 
LTIP Award (the “Absolute TSR Part”) may vest 
unless the Company’s compound annual growth rate 
of TSR over the performance period is at least 10% 
p.a., for which 30% of the Absolute TSR Part may 
vest, rising on a straight line basis for full vesting of 
the Absolute TSR Part if the Company’s compound 
annual growth rate of TSR over the performance 
period equals or exceeds 20% p.a. 

No portion of the other distinct one-half of the 2021 
LTIP Award (the “Relative TSR Part”) may vest unless 
the Company’s TSR over the performance period 
ranks at least median relative to the TSR 
performance within a comparator group of 
companies, for which 30% of the Relative TSR Part 
may vest, rising on a straight line basis for full vesting 
of the Relative TSR Part if the Company’s TSR over 
the performance period ranks upper quartile or 
better relative to the TSR performance within a 
comparator group. However, an underpin term 
applies to the Relative TSR Part which provides that, 
regardless of relative TSR performance, no vesting 
may ordinarily accrue in respect of the Relative TSR 
Part unless the Company’s compound annual growth 
rate of TSR over the performance period is at least 
10% per annum. 

Vesting occurs on a straight-line basis between threshold 
and maximum. 

 
52

Trinity Exploration & Production plc                                           

Directors’ Remuneration Report (continued)  

The Relative TSR Comparator Group has been 
determined as follows: 

•

FTSE AIM All Share Oil & Gas constituents. 

• Market capitalisation of between GBP 20 million  

and GBP 400 million 

•

Exploration & Production operations, excluding oil 
equipment and service, pure-play exploration and 
alternative energy companies. 

These filters create a comparator group of 30 companies 
which excludes larger companies that may be expected 
to be on the main list and micro explorers that can show 
extreme volatility, and which can be numerous at various 
points in the business cycle. For 2022, the market cap 
range of GBP 20-400 million has been deemed 
appropriate, but the Remuneration Committee will  
review the appropriate range for each new LTIP grant. 

2020 LTIP Award 

On 13 August 2021, Options over a total of 325,000 
ordinary shares (representing 0.84% of the Company’s 
issued share capital at the time) were granted under the 
LTIP in accordance with the Revised LTIP to members of 
the EMT in respect of the performance of the Company  
in the financial year ended 31 December 2020 (the “2020 
LTIP Award”). This included 75,000 options to CEO 
Jeremy Bridglalsingh. These LTIP awards will vest on  
1 January 2024, subject to meeting the performance 
criteria set and continued employment in the Company. 
The Options are exerciseable at nil cost by the 
participants. 

The performance targets set for awards made under  
the 2020 LTIP Award will be measured considering both 
the Company’s absolute TSR performance and the 
Company’s relative TSR performance over a three-year 
period, commencing 1 January 2021. TSR calculations will 
be determined by reference to the three-month volume 
weighted average price prior to the start and end of the 
measurement period. The three-month volume weighted 
average price at the start of the performance period for 
the 2020 LTIP Award was 88p. 

2019 LTIP Award 

On 25 June 2020 Options over 381,586 ordinary shares 
(representing 1% of the Company’s issued share capital at 
the time) were granted under the LTIP in accordance with 
the policy announced to the market on 25 August 2017 
and have been made to certain individuals within the 
Company in respect of the performance of the Company 
as at the end of the financial year ended 31 December 
2019 (the “2019 LTIP Award”). These include the awards 
of 118,692 and 79,128 share options respectively issued to 
the Executive Chairman and Managing Director at the 
time. In addition, on 30 October 2020, the Remuneration 
Committee granted Options over 100,000 ordinary shares 
under the LTIP to a new member of the EMT who joined 
the Group as Chief Financial Officer. These Options were 
granted on the same terms as the 25 June 2020 award. 

The departure of the Chief Financial Officer in June 2021 
resulted in the 100,000 LTIPs issued to him being 
forfeited. The remaining Options vested on 2 January 
2023. The 2019 LTIP Awards are subject to the 
achievement of Relative TSR performance targets 
measured over a three-year performance period ending 
on 31 December 2022. The amounts shown above 
represent the maximum possible opportunity. The share 
price used to calculate the start of the TSR calculation in 
respect of these awards is based on the 3-month average 
TSR leading into 31 December 2019, being 96.8p. The 
meeting of the performance criteria are under evaluation 
by the Board. 

2018 LTIP Award 

On 9 May 2019 the Group issued awards under its LTIP. 
These awards were made in accordance with the policy 
announced to the market on 25 August 2017 in respect  
of the performance of the Group for the financial year 
ended 31 December 2018 (the “2018 LTIP Award”). The 
Group announced the grant of Options over 383,282 
ordinary shares (representing approximately 1% of the 
Group’s issued share capital at the time) under the LTIP 
on 9 May 2019, including awards to the then Executive 
Directors Bruce Dingwall, CBE (99,168 ordinary shares) 
and Jeremy Bridglalsingh (66,112 ordinary shares). 

The 2018 LTIP Award vested on 2 January 2022. Based 
on the relative TSR performance of Trinity against the 
designated comparator group of companies 318,009 
Options (representing 82.97% of the award) vested on 
this occasion, including 82,280 to the estate of Bruce 
Dingwall, CBE and 54,853 to Jeremy Bridglalsingh, and  
to date 167,794 of these options have been exercised. 
The share price used to calculate the start of the TSR 
calculation in respect of these awards was based on  
the three-month volume weighted average share price 
leading into 31 December 2018, which was 146.6p.  
The share price used to calculate the end of the TSR 
calculation for these awards was based on the 3-month 
volume weighted average to 31 December 2021, being 
138.4p. On 2 January 2022, 258,674 options under this 
award vested and to date 167,794 options have been 
exercised. The remaining 90,879 options are available  
to be exercised until 1 January 2025 at nil cost by  
the participants. 

2017 LTIP Award 

On 2 January 2019 the Group issued awards under its 
LTIP. These awards were made in accordance with the 
policy announced to the market on 25 August 2017 in 
respect of the performance of the Group for the financial 
year ended 31 December 2017 (the “2017 LTIP Award”). 
The Group announced the grant of Options over 282,400 
ordinary shares (representing 0.735% of the Group’s then 
issued share capital) under the LTIP on 2 January 2019, 
including awards to the then Executive Directors; Bruce 
Dingwall, CBE (66,422 ordinary shares) and Jeremy 
Bridglalsingh (47,824 ordinary shares). On 1 January 2021, 
167,018 options under this award vested (representing 

 
 
 
 
Annual Report & Financial Statements 2022

53

Strategic Report  

l Governance 

Financial Accounts 
Glossary 
Company Information

66.67% of the award) and to date 116,160 of these options 
have been exercised. The remaining 50,858 options are 
available to be exercised until 1 January 2024 at nil cost 
by the participants. 

•

In respect of 10% of the award, redemption of all the 
CLNs issued in January 2017 before the second 
anniversary of their issue. The CLNs were redeemed 
in 2018. 

The Options vested in whole or in part on 30 June 2020, 
30 June 2021 and 30 June 2022, to the extent that the 
relevant performance conditions have been met. Subject 
to meeting these conditions and continued employment 
in the Group, the Options are exercisable at nil cost by 
the participants.  

The Options were tested on June 30 2020 against the 
relevant performance conditions resulting in the following 
outcome: 

•

•

•

In respect of the Group’s share price growth, 118,402 
LTIPs vested based on the 3-month VWAP of 67.5p 
prevailing as at 30 June 2020. 

As the BIR was repaid in full before 30 September 
2019, 20% of the overall award, being 515,507 LTIPs, 
vested in full. 

As the CLNs were duly redeemed prior to the second 
anniversary of their issue, 10% of the overall award, 
being 257,754 LTIPs, vested in full. 

Therefore, at the first testing date, a total of 891,663 
LTIP's from the 2017 One-Off Award vested.  

The Options were tested again on 30 June 2021 against 
the Group’s share price growth performance target 
resulting in 471,131 LTIPs vesting based on the 3-month 
VWAP of 148.9p prevailing at 30 June 2021. 

The final vesting of the 2017 One Off Award was due to 
occur on 30 June 2022. However, as the three-month 
average VWAP to 30 June 2022 of 130.0p was below 
that prevailing at 30 June 2021 the remaining 1,214,744 
unvested options lapsed. 

A total of 1,195,755 options have so far been exercised 
and the remaining 167,039 vested options are available  
to be exercised until 24 August 2027 at nil cost by  
the participants.

2017 Grant of Initial Awards (“2017 One Off Award”) 

On 25 August 2017 Trinity issued awards under its LTIP  
to the Executive Directors and other key employees.  
The Group wished to recognise the need to ensure that 
Management was retained and incentivised to grow the 
value of the business and generate shareholder returns 
over its next phase of development following the funding 
and share reorganisation in January 2017. 

The Group believed that the 2017 One Off Award gave 
Management the opportunity to build up a meaningful 
shareholding in Trinity which would further align their 
interests with shareholders and will help maintain the 
culture within Trinity which encourages strong and 
sustained corporate performance that drives absolute 
returns to shareholders over the longer-term. As a result, 
the Group announced the grant of Options over 2,541,600 
ordinary shares (representing 9% of the Group’s then 
issued share capital) under the LTIP on 25 August 2017, 
including awards to the then Executive Directors; Bruce 
Dingwall, CBE (902,213 ordinary shares) and Jeremy 
Bridglalsingh (517,122 ordinary shares). In addition, a 
further 282,400 Options were held back (to form a 
retention pool) to be issued at the discretion of the 
Remuneration Committee, for example in the case of 
hiring new Executives or EMT members.  

On 30 June 2020 the Remuneration Committee granted 
Options over 142,296 ordinary shares under the LTIP to  
a member of the EMT on the same terms as the awards 
issued on 24 August 2017, having effectively replaced 
2017 One Off Award issued to a previous member of the 
EMT who had left the Group and whose awards had 
consequently been forfeited. The remaining Options  
held back (to form a retention pool) were cancelled  
on 2 July 2020. 

The Options vested on 30 June 2022, subject to meeting 
performance targets relating to: 

•

•

In respect of 70% of the award, the Group’s share 
price growth from the 2017 placing price of 49.8 
pence per share. If the three-month Volume-
Weighted Average Price (“VWAP”) at the testing 
date is 350 pence or more per share, this part of the 
award will vest in full. If the VWAP at the testing date 
is 49.8 pence per share or less, this part of the award 
will not vest at all. If the VWAP at the testing date is 
between 49.8 pence and 350 pence per share, this 
part of the award will vest on a pro-rated straight-line 
basis; 

In respect of 20% of the award, full repayment of the 
amount due to the BIR on or before 30 September 
2019, in accordance with the terms of the Creditors’ 
Proposal approved in 2017. The final payment to the 
BIR under the Creditors’ Proposal occurred in 2018; 
and

 
54

Trinity Exploration & Production plc                                           

Directors’ Report

The Directors’ Annual Report on the affairs of the Group, 
together with the Audited Consolidated Financial 
Statements and Independent Auditors’ Report for the 
year ended 31 December 2022 are as follows:  

Principal Activities 

Trinity is an independent oil producer whose principal 
activities are the exploration, development, production 
and sale of crude oil. Its core focus is T&T where the 
Group operates assets onshore and offshore on both the 
West and East Coasts. Trinity’s portfolio includes current 
production, significant near-term production growth 
opportunities from low-risk developments, and multiple 
exploration prospects with the potential to deliver 
meaningful production and reserves growth. The Group is 
also evaluating alternative energy projects, including an 
assessment of solar and wind power options for its East 
Coast asset.  

Strategic Report  

The Group is required by the CA 2006 to include a 
Strategic Report in its Annual Report. The information that 
fulfils this requirement can be found from pages 1 to 29.  

Going Concern  

The Board have adopted the going concern basis in 
preparing the Financial Statements.  

In making their going concern assessment, the Board 
have considered the Group’s current financial position, 
budget and cash flow forecast. The going concern 
assessment has considered the current operating 
environment and the potential impact of the volatility of 
the oil price. 

The Group started 2023 with a stable operating and 
financial position; 2022 average production of 2,975 
barrels of oil per day (“bopd”), (2021 3,006 bopd), and 
cash and short-term investments of USD 12.1 million as at 
31 December 2022 (2021: USD 18.3 million). The Group’s 
base case going concern assessment is based upon 
management’s best estimate of forward commodity price 
curves and uses production in line with approved asset 
plans. The base case forecast was prepared with 
consideration of the following: 

•

•

Future oil prices are assumed to be in line with the 
forward curve prevailing as at 3 May 2023. The 
forward price curve applied in the cash flow forecast 
starts at a realised price of USD 67.3/bbl in January 
2023, fluctuating each month down to USD 64.8/bbl 
in December 2023 through to USD 62.0/bbl in 
December 2024. 

Average forecast production for the year to 
December 2023 and December 2024 are in line with 
the Group’s asset development plans, with 
production being maintained by RCPs, WOs and 
swabbing activities. 

• Whilst the estimated full cost of drilling the deeper 
Jacobin well is included, a prudent assumption is 
utilised in the forecast whereby the production from 

Jacobin is assumed to be no greater than that of an 
onshore conventional well. 

No SPT is assumed to be incurred on the onshore 
assets in 2023 or 2024, as the forecast realised price 
is below USD 75.0/bbl. 

Trinity continuing to progress various growth and 
business development opportunities. 

No derivative instruments being put in place for 2023.  

•

•

•

Management considers this is a reasonable base scenario, 
reflecting a prudent outlook for the future oil price, 
production profile and costs. The cash flow forecast 
showed that the Group will remain in a healthy financial 
position for at least the next twelve months, and as such 
being able to meet its liabilities as they fall due.  

Management has considered a separate stressed 
scenario including:  

•

•

the effect of reductions in Brent oil prices at USD 
60.0/bbl being sustained across the forecast period, 
noting that the base case pricing is in line with market 
prices; and  

the compounded impact of a reducing production  
by 10% 

The stressed case cash flow forecast, allows for the 
impact of mitigating actions that are within the Group’s 
control which include: 

•

•

Reducing non-core and discretionary opex and 
administrative costs across the forecast period. 

Reducing discretionary Capital Expenditure and 
Capital Returns over the forecast period. 

All reasonably plausible forecasts demonstrate that the 
Group’s cash balances are maintained under such 
scenarios and as such are sufficient to meet the Group’s 
obligations as they fall due. 

As a result, at the date of approval of the financial 
statements, the Board have a reasonable expectation 
that the Group has sufficient and adequate resources to 
continue in existence for at least twelve months post 
approval of these financial statements and is poised for 
continued growth. For this reason, the Board have 
concluded it is appropriate to continue to adopt the going 
concern basis of accounting in the preparation of the 
consolidated and company financial statements. 

Dividend Policy  

No dividend payments or declaration was recommended 
by the Directors in respect of the year ended 31 
December 2022. 

In May 2023 the Board agreed a new Capital Allocation 
Policy which includes the expected payment of a modest 
but sustainable dividend and the scope for additional 
distributions in the form of share buybacks or special 
dividends. Further details of the Capital Allocation Policy 
are set out in the Chairman and CEO’s Statement. It is 
expected that the maiden interim dividend will be declared 
following publication of the 2023 interim results, in Q3 
2023, followed by a final dividend being declared following 
publication of the 2023 preliminary results in Q2 2024.

 
 
 
 
Annual Report & Financial Statements 2022

55

Strategic Report  

l Governance 

Financial Accounts 
Glossary 
Company Information

Share Buybacks 

The Company announced share buyback programmes on 
20 September 2022 and 24 October 2022. Under these, 
during 2022 and continuing into 2023, the Company has 
undertaken a share buyback programme which, to 26 
April 2023, had returned USD 2.0 million to shareholders. 
The Company’s share capital consists of 39,884,637 
ordinary shares in issue (including treasury shares)  
of USD 0.01 each, with 1,432,000 shares held in treasury.

The total voting rights in the Company at 28 April 2023 
was therefore 38,452,637. On 28 April 2023, the 
Company announced a further USD 1.0 million buyback 
programme. 

Substantial Shareholdings  

The Shareholders holding over 3% of the voting rights  
as at 26 April 2023 were as follows: 

Shareholder

David and Monique Newlands 
Hargreaves Lansdown private clients*
Angus Winther
Gavin White
The CS Living Trust
The David A. Segel Trust
Jan-Dirk Leuders**
Scott Casto**
Interactive Investor ISA (Clients)*
The estate of Bruce Dingwall, CBE
Interactive Investor Clients*
HSBC Private Bank, London clients*

No of Shares
as at
26 April 2023

4,014,000
3,575,684
3,113,299
2,909,748
1,985,414
1,985,414
1,610,317
1,574,834
1,533,169
1,486,141
1,353,227
1,286,197

% of   
issued Share   
Capital as at   

26 April 2023 

10.44 
9.30 
8.10 
7.57 
5.16 
5.16 
4.19 
4.10 
3.99 
3.86 
3.52 
3.34 

*

**

Private Client Holdings 

Includes 111,460 shares held jointly between Scott Casto and Jan-Dirk Lueders through CMT Investments LLC 

Directors 

The Directors who served during the period and at the date of this Report are as follows: 

         Name                                                                          Role                                                                                   Appointment Date 

1      Nicholas Clayton                                    Non-Executive Chairman                            28 November 2018 to present 

2     Jeremy Bridglalsingh                             Executive Director and CEO                       11 January 2017 to present 

3     David Segel                                           Non-Executive Director                              11 January 2017 to 22 February 2022 

4     Angus Winther                                      Non-Executive Director                              11 January 2017 to present 

5     James Menzies                                      Independent Non-Executive Director         23 June 2017 to present 

6     Derek Hudson                                        Independent Non-Executive Director         14 September to present 
7     Kaat Van Hecke                                     Independent Non-Executive Director         22 February 2022 to present 

The Directors who held office at 31 December 2023 had the following interests in the ordinary shares in the capital of the 
Company which amounted to 8.97% of the Group’s total issued share capital: 

Jeremy Bridglalsingh
James Menzies
Angus Winther 
Nicholas Clayton

Total

Notes: 

Shares figures shown for both 2022 and 2021 are post 2021 share consolidation. 

No. of
Consolidated
Ordinary Shares
– USD 0.01
2022

No. of 
Consolidated 
Ordinary Shares 
– USD 0.01 
2021 

319,463 
115,000
3,113,299
30,000

52,836 
115,000 
3,113,299 
10,000 

3,577,762 

3,291,135 

 
 
 
 
56

Trinity Exploration & Production plc                                           

Directors’ Report (continued)  

With regard to the appointment and replacement of 
Directors, the Company is governed by its Articles of 
Association, the Companies Act 2006 and related 
legislation. The Articles of Association may be amended 
by special resolution of the shareholders. The powers of 
Directors are described in the main Board’s terms of 
reference, copies of which are available on request, and 
the Corporate Governance Statement on page 32.  

The Share Dealing Code  

The Group has adopted a code on dealings in securities 
which the Board regards as appropriate for an AIM listed 
company and is compliant with the Market Abuse 
Regulations. The Group takes all reasonable steps to 
ensure compliance by Directors, employees and agents 
with the provisions of the AIM rules relating to dealings  
in securities.  

Directors’ share options/LTIPs  

Details of Directors’ share options/LTIPs are provided in 
the Directors’ Remuneration Report on pages 50 to 53.  

Directors’ Indemnities  

Financial Risk Management  

Details on the Group’s exposure to risk on price, liquidity 
and cash flows are addressed under Risk Management 
and Internal Controls on pages 24 to 29.  

The Group has made qualifying third-party indemnity 
provisions for the benefit of its Directors which were 
made during the period and remain in force at the date  
of this Report.  

Likely Future Developments  

Future development plans have been addressed in the 
Strategic Report on pages 1 to 29.  

Political contributions  

The Group has made no political contribution to any 
source during both the current and preceding years.  

HSSE  

In 2022 the Group continued to evolve its HSSE strategies 
and standards through lessons learnt from previous years 
and improve our base performance as the Group 
increases operational activity.  

Independent Auditors  

At the AGM held in June 2022, the Shareholders 
approved the re-appointment of BDO as the auditors of 
the Group. Each of the persons who is a Director at the 
date of approval of this Annual Report confirms that;  

•

•

so far as the Director is aware, there is no relevant 
audit information of which the Group’s auditors are 
unaware; and  

the Director has taken all the steps that they ought 
to have taken as a Director in order to make 
themselves aware of any relevant audit information 
and to establish that the Group’s auditors are aware 
of that information.  

This confirmation is given and should be interpreted in 
accordance with the provisions of Section 418 of the  
CA 2006.  

Amanda Bateman  
For and on behalf of AMBA Secretaries Limited  
Company Secretary  

31 May 2023

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Annual Report & Financial Statements 2022

Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities 
in respect of the Financial Statements 

57

Strategic Report  

l Governance 

Financial Accounts 
Glossary 
Company Information

The Directors are responsible for preparing the Annual 
Report and the financial statements contained therein in 
accordance with applicable laws and regulations.  

Company law requires the Directors to prepare financial 
statements for each financial year. Under that law the 
Directors have prepared the financial statements for the 
Company and for the Group (together, the “Financial 
Statements”) in accordance with IFRS in conformity with 
the Companies Act 2006. Under Company law the 
Directors must not approve the Financial Statements 
unless they are satisfied that they give a true and fair 
view of the state of affairs of the Company and Group 
and of the profit or loss of the Company and Group for 
that period. In preparing the Financial Statements, the 
Directors are required to:  

•

•

select suitable accounting policies and then apply 
them consistently;  

state whether applicable IFRS in conformity with the 
Companies Act 2006 have been followed for the 
Financial Statements, subject to any material 
departures having been disclosed and explained in 
those Financial Statements;  

• make judgements and accounting estimates that are 

reasonable and prudent; and 

•

prepare the Financial Statements on the going 
concern basis unless it is inappropriate to presume 
that the Company and Group will continue in 
business.  

The Directors are also responsible for safeguarding the 
assets of the Company and Group and hence for taking 
reasonable steps for the prevention and detection of 
fraud and other irregularities.  

The Directors are responsible for keeping adequate 
accounting records that are sufficient to show and explain 
the Company’s and Group’s transactions and disclose 
with reasonable accuracy at any time the financial 
position of the Company and Group and enable them  
to ensure that the Financial Statements comply with  
the CA 2006.  

The Directors of the Company are responsible for the 
maintenance and integrity of the Group’s website. 
Legislation in the UK governing the preparation and 
dissemination of Financial Statements may differ from 
legislation in other jurisdictions.  

On behalf of Board  

Nicholas Clayton 
Non-Executive Chairman  

31 May 2023 

 
 
 
 
 
58

Trinity Exploration & Production plc                                           

Independent Auditor’s Report 
to the members of Trinity Exploration & Production Plc

Opinion on the financial statements 

Conclusions relating to going concern 

In our opinion: 

•

•

•

•

the financial statements give a true and fair view of 
the state of the Group’s and of the Parent 
Company’s affairs as at 31 December 2022 and of the 
Group’s profit for the year then ended; 

the Group financial statements have been properly 
prepared in accordance with UK adopted 
international accounting standards; 

the Parent Company financial statements have been 
properly prepared in accordance with UK adopted 
international accounting standards and as applied in 
accordance with the provisions of the Companies Act 
2006; and 

the financial statements have been prepared in 
accordance with the requirements of the Companies 
Act 2006. 

We have audited the financial statements of Trinity 
Exploration and Production Plc (the ‘Parent Company’) 
and its subsidiaries (the ‘Group’) for the year ended 31 
December 2022 which comprise the consolidated 
statement of comprehensive income, the consolidated 
and company statements of financial position, the 
consolidated and company statements of changes in 
equity, the consolidated and company statement of cash 
flows and notes to the financial statements, including a 
summary of significant accounting policies. The financial 
reporting framework that has been applied in their 
preparation is applicable law and UK adopted 
international accounting standards and, as regards the 
Parent Company financial statements, as applied in 
accordance with the provisions of the Companies Act 
2006. 

Basis for opinion 

We conducted our audit in accordance with International 
Standards on Auditing (UK) (ISAs (UK)) and applicable law. 
Our responsibilities under those standards are further 
described in the Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of 
the financial statements section of our report. We believe 
that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and 
appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.  

Independence 

We remain independent of the Group and the Parent 
Company in accordance with the ethical requirements 
that are relevant to our audit of the financial statements in 
the UK, including the FRC’s Ethical Standard as applied to 
listed entities, and we have fulfilled our other ethical 
responsibilities in accordance with these requirements.  

In auditing the financial statements, we have concluded 
that the Directors’ use of the going concern basis of 
accounting in the preparation of the financial statements 
is appropriate. Our evaluation of the Directors’ 
assessment of the Group and the Parent Company’s 
ability to continue to adopt the going concern basis of 
accounting included: 

• We obtained an understanding of how the Directors 

considered the ongoing impact of the 
macroeconomic climate, together with potential 
future risks and uncertainties, considering the impact 
on the labour force, supply chain, commodity market 
prices and access to finance. We compared this 
against our own assessment of risks and 
uncertainties based on our understanding of the 
business and oil and gas sector information. 

• We obtained the Director’s going concern 

assessment and supporting base case cash flow 
forecasts, challenging the key operating assumptions 
based on 2022 and 2023 year to date actual results 
and external data where possible. 

• We tested the integrity of the forecast models and 
the Group’s wider impairment calculations and 
assessed their consistency with approved budgets 
and Field Development Plans, as applicable. 

• We obtained the Director’s sensitivity analysis which 
was performed to determine the point at which 
liquidity breaks and considered whether such 
scenarios, including significant reductions in 
commodity prices and production were possible. We 
also considered the validity of deferring capital 
expenditure or other mitigating factors identified by 
Management, such as measures to reduce operating 
costs as part of our assessment. 

• We reviewed the terms of all facilities in place as at 

the date of sign off, confirming the consistency of the 
forecasts with the facilities and assessing the risk of 
any potential withdrawal of facilities or default 
events. 

• We reviewed the adequacy and consistency of the 

Going Concern disclosures in the financial statements 
with reference to the Director’s going concern 
assessment.  

Based on the work we have performed, we have not 
identified any material uncertainties relating to events or 
conditions that, individually or collectively, may cast 
significant doubt on the Group and the Parent Company’s 
ability to continue as a going concern for a period of at 
least twelve months from when the financial statements 
are authorised for issue.  

Our responsibilities and the responsibilities of the 
Directors with respect to going concern are described in 
the relevant sections of this report.

 
Annual Report & Financial Statements 2022

59

Strategic Report  

l Governance 

Financial Accounts 
Glossary 
Company Information

Overview 

Coverage                                                          95% (2021: 95%) of Group profit before tax 
                                                                       100% (2021: 100%) of Group revenue 
                                                                       99% (2021: 99%) of Group total assets 

Key audit matters                                                                                                                                          2022                      2021 

                                                                       Carrying Value of the Producing Oil and Gas assets              Yes                Yes 

Carrying Value of Exploration & Evaluation assets                 Yes                Yes 

Materiality                                                        Group financial statements as a whole 

                                                                       £1,150,000 (2021: £780,000) based on 1.25% (2021: 1.25%) of revenue 

An overview of the scope of our audit 

Our involvement with component auditors 

Our Group audit was scoped by obtaining an 
understanding of the Group and its environment, including 
the Group’s system of internal control, and assessing the 
risks of material misstatement in the financial statements. 
We also addressed the risk of Management override of 
internal controls, including assessing whether there was 
evidence of bias by the Directors that may have 
represented a risk of material misstatement. 

We determined that there were three significant 
components and all of these were subject to a full scope 
audit (two in Trinidad & Tobago and the Parent 
Company), this was consistent with the prior year.  

The audits of the Trinidad & Tobago significant 
components were performed in Trinidad & Tobago by a 
local BDO network member firm. The audits of the Parent 
Company and the Group consolidation were performed in 
the United Kingdom by the Group audit team. The Group 
audit team performed additional procedures in respect of 
certain of the significant risk areas that represented key 
audit matters in addition to procedures performed by the 
component auditor. The group audit team also travelled 
to Trinidad to review the component auditors work and to 
be able to perform work on certain risk areas while with 
the local Management team. 

The remaining components of the Group were considered 
non-significant and these components were principally 
subject to analytical review procedures performed by the 
Group audit team and the component auditor.

For the work performed by component auditors, we 
determined the level of involvement needed in order to 
be able to conclude whether sufficient appropriate audit 
evidence has been obtained as a basis for our opinion on 
the Group financial statements as a whole. Our 
involvement with component auditors included the 
following: 

•

•

•

Detailed Group reporting instructions were sent to 
the component auditor, which included the significant 
areas to be covered by the audits (including areas 
that were considered to be key audit matters as 
detailed below), and set out the information to be 
reported to the Group audit team. 

The Group audit team was actively involved in the 
direction of the audits performed by the component 
auditor for Group reporting purposes, along with the 
consideration of findings and determination of 
conclusions drawn. 

The Group audit team reviewed the component 
auditor’s work papers while in Trinidad and also 
remotely from the UK, attended planning and 
clearance meetings for the significant components 
and engaged with the component auditor during their 
fieldwork and completion phases.

60

Trinity Exploration & Production plc                                           

Independent Auditor’s Report (continued)  

Key audit matters 

Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgement, were of most significance in our audit of the financial 
statements of the current period and include the most significant assessed risks of material misstatement (whether or not 
due to fraud) that we identified, including those which had the greatest effect on: the overall audit strategy, the allocation 
of resources in the audit, and directing the efforts of the engagement team. These matters were addressed in the context 
of our audit of the financial statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and we do not provide a separate 
opinion on these matters. 

Key audit matter

How the scope of our audit addressed the key audit matter

Carrying Value of the Producing Oil and 
Gas assets (refer Note 13 & 1) 

Management are required to assess 
whether there are potential indicators of 
impairment of the Group’s oil and gas 
assets at each reporting date and, if 
potential indicators of impairment are 
identified, Management are required to 
perform a full assessment of the 
recoverable value of the oil and gas assets 
in accordance with the requirements of the 
relevant accounting standard. 

Management carried out an impairment 
assessment which has culminated in an 
impairment of $5.6m being recognised in 
respect of the WD-13 CGU and PS-4 
assets. 

The appropriateness of judgments and 
estimates applied in the determination of 
the recoverable amount represented a 
significant focus area for our audit, 
including forecast commodity prices, 
operating costs, capital costs and discount 
rates. 

Given the estimation and judgment 
required to be applied by Management 
and the appropriateness of disclosures 
related to the impairment charge and 
sensitivities associated with alternative 
potential inputs into the model this 
represented a key audit matter.

We obtained and examined Management’s impairment indicator paper to 
assess the appropriateness of their conclusion that a potential indicator of 
impairment was present. We then obtained Management’s impairment paper 
and models and challenged these as below. 

We assessed the appropriateness of Management’s determination of each 
cash generating unit (CGU) in order to determine if the conclusions were in 
accordance with the relevant accounting standard. 

We  obtained  Management’s  discounted  cash  flow  models  (VIU)  and 
performed data integrity and mechanical checks on the models.  

We  determined  whether  the  basis  of  preparation  of  the  models  were  in 
accordance with the applicable accounting standard, our expectations and 
valuation methodology.  

We compared the actual performance of the CGUs during 2022 to budgets 
for the period in order to assess the accuracy of Management’s forecasting.  

We  challenged  the  model  (prepared  as  fair  value  less  costs  of  disposal), 
focussing on the appropriateness of estimates with reference to empirical 
data  and  external  evidence  with  specific  emphasis  on  the  following 
assumptions:  oil  prices,  reserves  and  production  levels,  operating  and 
development costs and discount rate.  

We compared forecast oil prices to current pricing, empirical data and market 
analysis. 

We assessed the consistency of production profiles and capital expenditure 
forecasts against the Group’s Field Development Plans, approved budgets, 
external  reserves  engineer  decline  rates,  and  met  with  operational 
Management to inform our assessment and understanding of these plans 
and budgets. 

We analysed the production profile on a field / well basis and compared the 
trend  analysis  to  capital  expenditure  forecasts  to  identify  and  investigate 
anomalies. The production profiles were materially in line with previous reserve 
statements. We also reviewed year to date production data and made inquiries 
with Management regarding the status of current development.  

With the assistance of our internal valuation experts we reperformed the 
WACC  calculation  received 
from  Management  and  assessed  the 
reasonableness of key inputs. These included the risk premiums which could 
be tied to third party data and wider equity analysis.  

We  recalculated  the  $5.6m  impairment  recognised,  being  the  difference 
between the asset carrying value and the value determined in the impairment 
model. 

We visited the key assets and physically inspected them while speaking with 
the local Management team. 

We  reviewed  the  disclosures  in  the  financial  statements  regarding  key 
assumptions and sensitivity of the carrying value to reasonable changes in 
such assumptions to check that were in accordance with the requirements 
of the relevant accounting standard.  

Key observations: 

Based on the procedures performed, we found Management’s assessment 
of the carrying value of producing oil and gas assets to be supported by the 
underlying models and the judgements and estimates applied reasonable.

Annual Report & Financial Statements 2022

61

Strategic Report  

l Governance 

Financial Accounts 
Glossary 
Company Information

Key audit matter

How the scope of our audit addressed the key audit matter

Carrying Value of Exploration & 
Evaluation assets (refer Note 15 & 1) 

For assets classed as exploration and 
evaluation (E&E), Management are required 
to perform an assessment of whether 
there are any impairment indicators in 
accordance with IFRS 6 Exploration for the 
Evaluation of Mineral Resources. 

E&E costs are capitalised on a CGU basis 
upon discover of commercially viable 
mineral reserve. If commercial viability is 
not achievable these costs are written off. 

Management do not consider there to be 
any indicators of impairment.  

Given the significant degree of judgment 
involved in assessing E&E assets for 
impairment indicators we consider this a 
key audit matter for our audit.

We  reviewed  Management’s 
indicator  assessment  and 
considered  whether  there  are  any  of  the  indicators  of  impairment  in 
accordance with criteria set out under IFRS 6. We checked this assessment 
with reference to results of exploration work performed in the year, future 
planned expenditure and publicly available information. 

impairment 

We also reviewed the accounting treatment of the transfer of the PS-4 asset 
against the requirements of the accounting standards. 

We agreed a sample of capitalised costs to supporting documentation such 
as  invoices  and  assessed  the  nature  of  the  costs  capitalised  under  the 
accounting policy to consider whether they meet capitalisation criteria under 
IFRS 6. 

We reviewed the existence of licences and checked the Groups compliance 
with terms of these licences. 

We reviewed the board minutes during the year, as well as post year-end, 
assessing Management’s intention to continue the Galeota Development and 
the  budget  for  future  capital  expenditure.  This  included  challenging 
Management on whether the re-assessment of the field development plan 
was  considered  to  be  an  indicator  of  impairment.  We  also  reviewed  the 
strategic plans for the PS-4 CGU for any indicators of impairment. 

We  reviewed  and  considered  the  proposed  disclosure  in  the  financial 
statements in accordance with the requirements of IFRS 6.  

Key observations: 

Based on the procedures performed, we found Management’s assessment 
of the indicators of impairment in respect of carrying value of exploration 
and evaluation assets to be appropriate and the judgements and estimates 
applied reasonable.

Our application of materiality 

We apply the concept of materiality both in planning and 
performing our audit, and in evaluating the effect of 
misstatements. We consider materiality to be the 
magnitude by which misstatements, including omissions, 
could influence the economic decisions of reasonable 
users that are taken on the basis of the financial 
statements. 

In order to reduce to an appropriately low level the 
probability that any misstatements exceed materiality, we 
use a lower materiality level, performance materiality, to 
determine the extent of testing needed. Importantly, 
misstatements below these levels will not necessarily be 
evaluated as immaterial as we also take account of the 
nature of identified misstatements, and the particular 
circumstances of their occurrence, when evaluating their 
effect on the financial statements as a whole.

62

Trinity Exploration & Production plc                                           

Independent Auditor’s Report (continued)  

Based on our professional judgement, we determined materiality for the financial statements as a whole and performance 
materiality as follows: 

                                                                 Group financial statements                                                           Parent company financial statements 

                                                            2022                                           2021                                            2022                                          2021 

Materiality                              $1,150,000                     $780,000                      $410,000                       $270,000 

Basis for determining            1.25% of                         1.25% of                          35% of Group                35% of Group 
materiality                              Total revenue                Total revenue                materiality                     materiality 

Rationale for the                    The benchmark reflects the Group’s                   Set at an allocation of Group
benchmark applied                primary focus on generating sustainable            materiality given the assessment of  
                                               growth in revenue through increasing                 aggregation risk. 
                                               production volume. 

Performance materiality       $750,000                      $590,000                      $266,500                      $202,500 

Basis for determining  
performance materiality 

75% of the above 
materiality level, 
based on expected 
level of known and 
likely misstatements 
and management’s 
attitude towards 
proposed 
adjustments.

65% of the above 
materiality level based 
on expected level of 
known and likely 
misstatements and 
management’s 
attitude towards 
proposed 
adjustments. 
Performance 
materiality was 
reduced to reflect an 
increased risk as the 
Group was subjected 
to a Cyber attack 
during the year. 

75% of the above 
materiality level, 
based on expected 
level of known and 
likely misstatements 
and management’s 
attitude towards 
proposed 
adjustments. 

65% of the above 
materiality level based 
on expected level of 
known and likely 
misstatements and 
management’s 
attitude towards 
proposed 
adjustments. 
Performance 
materiality was 
reduced to reflect an 
increased risk as the 
Group was subjected 
to a Cyber attack 
during the year.

Component materiality 

Other information 

For the purposes of our Group audit opinion, we set 
materiality for each component of the Group based on a 
percentage of between 36% and 90% (FY21: 35% and 
63%) of Group materiality dependent on the size and our 
assessment of the risk of material misstatement of that 
component. Component materiality ranged from 
$410,000 to $1,035,000 (FY21: $270,000 to $770,000). 
In the audit of each component, we further applied 
performance materiality levels of 65% (FY2021: 75%) of 
the component materiality to our testing to ensure that 
the risk of errors exceeding component materiality was 
appropriately mitigated. 

Reporting threshold  

We agreed with the Audit Committee that we would 
report to them all individual audit differences in excess of 
£23,000 (2021: £15,000). We also agreed to report 
differences below this threshold that, in our view, 
warranted reporting on qualitative grounds. 

The directors are responsible for the other information. 
The other information comprises the information included 
in the Annual Report and Accounts other than the 
financial statements and our auditor’s report thereon. Our 
opinion on the financial statements does not cover the 
other information and, except to the extent otherwise 
explicitly stated in our report, we do not express any form 
of assurance conclusion thereon. Our responsibility is to 
read the other information and, in doing so, consider 
whether the other information is materially inconsistent 
with the financial statements or our knowledge obtained 
in the course of the audit, or otherwise appears to be 
materially misstated. If we identify such material 
inconsistencies or apparent material misstatements, we 
are required to determine whether this gives rise to a 
material misstatement in the financial statements 
themselves. If, based on the work we have performed, we 
conclude that there is a material misstatement of this 
other information, we are required to report that fact. 

We have nothing to report in this regard. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Annual Report & Financial Statements 2022

63

Strategic Report  

l Governance 

Financial Accounts 
Glossary 
Company Information

Other Companies Act 2006 reporting 

Based on the responsibilities described below and our work performed during the course of the audit, we are required by 
the Companies Act 2006 and ISAs (UK) to report on certain opinions and matters as described below.

Strategic report and Directors’ report  

In our opinion, based on the work undertaken in the course of the audit: 

•

•

the information given in the Strategic report and the Directors’ report for 
the  financial  year  for  which  the  financial  statements  are  prepared  is 
consistent with the financial statements; and 

the Strategic report and the Directors’ report have been prepared in 
accordance with applicable legal requirements. 

In the light of the knowledge and understanding of the Group and Parent 
Company and its environment obtained in the course of the audit, we have 
not identified material misstatements in the strategic report or the Directors’ 
report.

Matters on which we are required  
to report by exception

We have nothing to report in respect of the following matters in relation to 
which the Companies Act 2006 requires us to report to you if, in our opinion: 

•

•

•

adequate  accounting  records  have  not  been  kept  by  the  Parent 
Company, or returns adequate for our audit have not been received from 
branches not visited by us; or 

the Parent Company financial statements are not in agreement with the 
accounting records and returns; or 

certain disclosures of Directors’ remuneration specified by law are not 
made; or 

• we have not received all the information and explanations we require for 

our audit.

Responsibilities of Directors 

As explained more fully in the Statement of Directors’ 
responsibilities, the Directors are responsible for the 
preparation of the financial statements and for being 
satisfied that they give a true and fair view, and for such 
internal control as the Directors determine is necessary to 
enable the preparation of financial statements that are free 
from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error. 

In preparing the financial statements, the Directors are 
responsible for assessing the Group’s and the Parent 
Company’s ability to continue as a going concern, 
disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern 
and using the going concern basis of accounting unless 
the Directors either intend to liquidate the Group or the 
Parent Company or to cease operations, or have no 
realistic alternative but to do so. 

Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the  
financial statements 

Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about 
whether the financial statements as a whole are free from 
material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and 
to issue an auditor’s report that includes our opinion. 
Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, but is 
not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance 
with ISAs (UK) will always detect a material misstatement 
when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error 
and are considered material if, individually or in the 

aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to 
influence the economic decisions of users taken on the 
basis of these financial statements. 

Extent to which the audit was capable of detecting 
irregularities, including fraud 

Irregularities, including fraud, are instances of non-
compliance with laws and regulations. We design 
procedures in line with our responsibilities, outlined 
above, to detect material misstatements in respect of 
irregularities, including fraud. The extent to which our 
procedures are capable of detecting irregularities, 
including fraud is detailed below: 

Non-compliance with laws and regulations  

Based on our understanding of the Group and the 
industry in which it operates and discussion with 
discussion with Management and those charged with 
governance, we obtained an understanding of the legal 
and regulatory framework applicable to the Group. We 
considered the associated oil & gas, environmental and 
taxation laws and regulations of Trinidad & Tobago to be 
the most relevant to the audit given the Geographical 
areas of focus of the Group.  

The Group is also subject to laws and regulations where 
the consequence of non-compliance could have a 
material effect on the amount or disclosures in the 
financial statements, for example through the imposition 
of fines or litigations.

 
64

Trinity Exploration & Production plc                                           

Independent Auditor’s Report (continued)  

Our procedures in respect of the above included: 
•

Discussion with the Management and those charged 
with governance; 

•

Testing the financial statement disclosures to 
supporting documentation; 

• Making enquiries of Management as to whether there 
was any correspondence from regulators in so far as 
the correspondence related to the Financial Statements. 

•

Reviewing minutes from board meetings of those 
charged with governance to identify any instances of 
non-compliance with laws and regulations; and 
• We involved tax specialists from our local BDO 
network member firm in Trinidad & Tobago to 
evaluate the Group’s compliance with relevant tax 
legislation considered of most significance to the 
Group’s operations.  

Fraud 

We assessed the susceptibility of the financial statements 
to material misstatement, including fraud. Our risk 
assessment procedures included: 
•

Enquiry with management and those charged with 
governance regarding any known or suspected 
instances of fraud; 

• Obtaining an understanding of the Group’s policies 

and procedures relating to: 

-

-

Detecting and responding to the risks of fraud; 
and  

Internal controls established to mitigate risks 
related to fraud.  

Review of minutes of meeting of those charged with 
governance for any known or suspected instances of 
fraud; 

Discussion amongst the engagement team as to how 
and where fraud might occur in the financial 
statements; 

Performing analytical procedures to identify any 
unusual or unexpected relationships that may 
indicate risks of material misstatement due to fraud;  

Considering remuneration incentive schemes and 
performance targets and the related financial 
statement areas impacted by these 

•

•

•

•

Based on our risk assessment, we considered the areas 
most susceptible to fraud to regarding the completeness 
of revenue, management bias to key estimates and 
judgements and management override of controls. 

Our procedures included: 
•

Testing the appropriateness of journal entries made 
through the year by applying specific criteria to 
detect possible irregularities and fraud; 

•

•

Performing a detailed review of the Group’s year-end 
adjusting entries and investigating any that appear 
unusual as to nature or amount and agreeing to 
supporting documentation. 

For significant and unusual transactions, particularly 
those occurring at or near year-end, obtaining 
evidence for the rationale of these transactions and 
the sources of financial resources supporting the 
transactions; 

•

•

•

Assessed whether the judgements made in 
accounting estimates were indicative of a potential 
bias (refer to key audit matters above); 

Extending inquiries to individuals outside of 
Management and the accounting department to 
corroborate Management’s ability and intent to carry 
out plans that are relevant to developing the 
estimate set out in the key audit matters section 
above; and 

Directing the auditors of the significant components 
to ensure an assessment is performed on the extent 
of the components compliance with the relevant local 
and regulatory framework. Reviewing this work and 
holding meetings with relevant internal Management 
and external third parties to form our own opinion on 
the extent of Group wide compliance. 

Our audit procedures were designed to respond to risks 
of material misstatement in the financial statements, 
recognising that the risk of not detecting a material 
misstatement due to fraud is higher than the risk of not 
detecting one resulting from error, as fraud may involve 
deliberate concealment by, for example, forgery, 
misrepresentations or through collusion. There are 
inherent limitations in the audit procedures performed 
and the further removed non-compliance with laws and 
regulations is from the events and transactions reflected 
in the financial statements, the less likely we are to 
become aware of it. 

A further description of our responsibilities is available  
on the Financial Reporting Council’s website at: 
www.frc.org.uk/auditorsresponsibilities.  
This description forms part of our auditor’s report. 

Use of our report 

This report is made solely to the Parent Company’s 
members, as a body, in accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 
16 of the Companies Act 2006. Our audit work has been 
undertaken so that we might state to the Parent 
Company’s members those matters we are required to 
state to them in an auditor’s report and for no other 
purpose. To the fullest extent permitted by law, we do 
not accept or assume responsibility to anyone other than 
the Parent Company and the Parent Company’s members 
as a body, for our audit work, for this report, or for the 
opinions we have formed. 

Matt Crane  
(Senior Statutory Auditor) 

For and on behalf of BDO LLP,  
Statutory Auditor 
London, United Kingdom 

31 May 2023 

BDO LLP is a limited liability partnership registered in England and Wales 
(with registered number OC305127). 

 
 
 
 
 
 
Annual Report & Financial Statements 2022

Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income 
For the year ended 31 December 2022

(Expressed in United States Dollars)

Revenues
Crude oil sales
Other income

Operating Expenses 
Royalties
Production costs
General & Administrative (“G&A”) expenses
Covid-19 expenses*
Depreciation, Depletion & Amortisation (“DD&A”) 
Share Option Expense (“SOE”)
Foreign exchange (“FX”) loss 
Net reversal of Impairment losses on financial assets (“ILFA”) 
Derivative expenses
Fair value income/(expense) derivative instruments

Operating Profit before Supplemental Petroleum Taxes (“SPT”)  
& Property Taxes (“PT”)
SPT
PT net reversal

Operating Profit before Impairment and Exceptional items
Impairment 
Exceptional items

Operating Profit 
Finance income
Finance costs

Profit Before Income Taxation

Income taxation (charge)/ credit

Profit for the year

Other Comprehensive Income/(Expense) 
Items that may be subsequently reclassified to profit or loss 
Exchange differences on translation of foreign operations

Total Comprehensive Income for the year

Earnings per share (expressed in dollars per share) 
Basic
Diluted

*Covid-19 expenses have been reclassified as Operating Expenses.  

Notes

4

13-15

6

6

8

7

9

9

65

Strategic Report  
Governance 

l Financial Accounts 

Glossary 
Company Information

2022
$’000

2021 
$’000 

92,232
7

66,257 
1 

92,239

66,258 

(30,091)
(19,242)
(7,181)
(579)
(7,617)
(647)
(394)
46
(10,446)
2,883

(19,828) 
(17,625) 
(7,030) 
(669) 
(7,428) 
(626) 
(14) 
754 
(1,293) 
(3,149) 

(73,268)

(56,908) 

18,971
(9,012)
-

9,350 
(5,074) 
1,516 

(9,012)

(3,558) 

9,959
(6,050)
(161)

3,748
48
(1,339)

2,457

10

(2,344)

113

5,792 
(1,316) 
(113) 

4,363 
94 
(1,475) 

2,982 

4,744 

7,726 

(20)

– 

93

7,726 

11

11

0.00
0.00

0.20 
0.18 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
66

Trinity Exploration & Production plc                                           

Consolidated Statement of Financial Position 
at 31 December 2022 

(Expressed in United States Dollars)

ASSETS 
Non-current Assets 
Property, plant and equipment 
Right-of-Use (“ROU”) assets
Intangible assets
Abandonment fund
Performance bond 
Deferred Tax Assets (“DTA”)

Current Assets 
Inventories
Trade and other receivables
Cash and cash equivalents

Total Assets

EQUITY AND LIABILITIES 
Capital and Reserves Attributable to Equity Holders 
Share capital
Share based payment reserve
Reverse acquisition reserve
Translation reserve
Treasury shares
Retained earnings

Total Equity

Non-current Liabilities 
Lease liability
Deferred Tax Liabilities (“DTL”)
Provision for other liabilities
Employee benefits 

Current Liabilities 
Trade and other payables
Bank overdraft
Lease liability 
Provision for other liabilities
Derivative financial liabilities
Taxation Payable

Total Liabilities

Total Equity and Liabilities

Notes

2022
$’000

2021 
$’000 

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

22

23

25

26

24

14

18

28

29

30

14

28

21

44,987
838
33,537
4,511
602
12,465

49,507 
616 
30,759 
4,021 
473 
11,530 

96,940

96,906 

4,615
10,678
12,131

3,820 
10,747 
18,312 

27,424

32,879 

124,364

129,785 

399
2,990
(89,268)
(1,667)
(1,522)
145,199

389 
3,784 
(89,268) 
(1,650) 
– 
143,666 

56,131

56,921 

341
1,940
52,460
23

97 
2,025 
55,690 
– 

54,764

57,812 

9,932
2,700
584
249
–
4

8,814 
2,700 
609 
46 
2,883 
– 

13,469

15,052 

68,233

72,864 

124,364

129,785 

The financial statements on pages 65 to 113 were authorised for issue by the Board of Directors on 31 May 2023 and were 

signed on its behalf by: 

Jeremy Bridglalsingh  
Director 

31 May 2023

 
 
 
Annual Report & Financial Statements 2022

Company Statement of Financial Position 
at 31 December 2022

(Expressed in United States Dollars)

ASSETS 
Non-current Assets 
Investment in subsidiaries

Current Assets
Trade and other receivables
Intercompany
Cash and cash equivalents

Total Assets

EQUITY AND LIABILITIES 
Share capital
Share based payment reserve
Merger reserves
Treasury shares
Retained earnings

Total Equity

Current Liabilities
Trade and other payables
Intercompany
Derivative financial liabilities

Total Liabilities

Total Equity and Liabilities

67

Strategic Report  
Governance 

l Financial Accounts 

Glossary 
Company Information

Notes

2022
$’000

2021 
$’000 

12

60,864

60,347 

20

20

22

23

24

29

31

21

233
2,830
2,102

5,165

200 
3,372 
3,108 

6,680 

66,029

67,027 

399
3,775
6,552
 (1,522)
43,529

389 
4,569 
6,552 
– 
51,526 

52,733

63,036 

565
12,731
–

13,296

327 
781 
2,883 

3,991 

13,296

3,991 

66,029

67,027 

The  Company  has  elected  to  take  the  exemption  under  section  408  of  the  Companies  Act  2006,  to  not  present  the 
Statement of comprehensive income. The net loss for the parent company was $9.4 million (2021: $6.4 million). 

The financial statements on pages 65 to 113 were authorised for issue by the Board of Directors on 31 May 2023 and were 
signed on its behalf by: 

Jeremy Bridglalsingh 
Director 

31 May 2023 

Trinity Exploration & Production plc  
Registered Number: 07535869  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
68

Trinity Exploration & Production plc                                           

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity 
for the year ended 31 December 2022

                                                                                                              Share                                                                                                                          
                                                                                                             Based           Reverse                                                                                                 
                                                              Share               Share          Payment      Acquisition             Merger          Treasury      Translation          Retained             Total 
                                                            Capital          Premium           Reserve           Reserve         Reserves             Shares           Reserve           Earnings           Equity 
Year ended 31 December 2021            $’000              $’000              $’000              $’000              $’000              $’000              $’000               $’000           $’000 

At 1 January 2021               97,692      139,879        14,764      (89,268)      75,467                –        (1,650)    (188,332)   48,552 

Capital reorganisation      (97,303)    (139,879)      (11,485)               –      (75,467)               –                –      324,134              – 

LTIPs exercised1                          –                –                –                –                –                –                –              47            47 

Share based payment  
expense (Note 25)                          –                –            505                –                –                –                –               91          596 

Profit for the year                       –                –                –                –                –                –                –         7,726       7,726 

Total comprehensive  
income for the year                    –                –                –                –                –                –                –         7,726       7,726 

At 31 December 2021             389                 –         3,784     (89,268)               –                 –        (1,650)    143,666     56,921 

Year ended 31 December 2022                                                                                                                                                                                                                    

At 1 January 2022                   389                –         3,784      (89,268)               –                –        (1,650)     143,666     56,921 

Issue of shares                           10                –                –                –                –                –                –                –            10 

LTIPs lapsed (Note 25)                   –                –         (1,416)               –                –                –                –           1,416              – 

Share based payment  
expense (Note 25)                          –                –            622                –                –                –                –                –          622 

Treasury shares (Note 24)              –                –                –                –                –         (1,522)               –                –      (1,522) 

Translation adjustment               –                –                –                –                –                –                3                4              7 

Profit for the year                       –                –                –                –                –                –                –              113           113 

Other comprehensive  
income/ (expense) 

Exchange differences  
on translation of  
foreign operations                      –                –                –                –                –                –             (20)               –          (20) 

Total comprehensive  
income for the year                    –                –                –                –                –                –             (20)             113            93 

At 31 December 2022            399                 –         2,990     (89,268)               –         (1,522)       (1,667)     145,199      56,131 

1

As described in the notes to the consolidated financial statements, in 2020 the Company issued 4,745,057 ordinary shares (pre share consolidation) to certain 
employees on exercise of LTIPs at less than the nominal value in contravention of S580 of the Companies Act 2006. In 2021, on becoming aware of the issue, 
the Company sought remedial advice and corrected this.  

                                                                                                                                                                                                    
 
Annual Report & Financial Statements 2022

Company Statement of Changes in Equity  
for the year 31 December 2022 

69

Strategic Report  
Governance 

l Financial Accounts 

Glossary 
Company Information

                                                                                                                                                                    Share                                                          Retained  
                                                                                                                                                             Based                                                         Earnings/ 
                                                                                                              Share               Share          Payment             Merger          Treasury   Accumulated             Total 
                                                                                                            Capital          Premium           Reserve          Reserves             Shares             Losses           Equity 
Year ended 31 December 2021                                                            $’000              $’000              $’000              $’000              $’000               $’000           $’000 

At 1 January 2021                                                   97,692      139,879         4,064       56,652                –    (229,422)   68,865  

Capital Reorganisation                                         (97,303)    (139,879)               –      (50,100)               –     287,282              – 

Share based payment charge (Note 25)                            –                –            505                –                –                –         505 

LTIPs exercised1                                                              –                –                –                –                –              47            47 

Total comprehensive loss for the year                           –                –                –                –                –         (6,381)     (6,381)  

At 31 December 2021                                                  389                –         4,569         6,552                –        51,526    63,036  

Year ended 31 December 2022                                                                                                                                                                                               

At 1 January 2022                                                       389                –         4,569         6,552                –        51,526    63,036 

Issue of shares                                                               10                –                –                –                –                –            10 

Share based payment charge (Note 25)                            –                –            622                –                –                –          622 

LTIPs lapsed (Note 25)                                                       –                –          (1,416)               –                –           1,416              – 

Treasury shares (Note 24)                                                  –                –                –                –         (1,522)               –      (1,522) 

Total comprehensive loss for the year                           –                –                –                –                –         (9,413)     (9,413) 

At 31 December 2022                                                 399                 –         3,775         6,552        (1,522)      43,529    52,733 

1

As described in the notes to the consolidated financial statements, in 2020 the Company issued 4,745,057 ordinary shares (pre share consolidation) to certain 
employees on exercise of LTIPs at less than the nominal value in contravention of S580 of the Companies Act 2006. In 2021, on becoming aware of the issue 
the Company sought remedial advice and corrected this. 

                                                                                                                                                           
70

Trinity Exploration & Production plc                                           

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows 
for the year 31 December 2022 

(Expressed in United States Dollars)

Operating Activities
Profit before taxation
Adjustments for:

     Foreign exchange (“FX”) loss/(gain)
     Finance cost – loans and interest
     Finance income
     Finance cost – decommissioning provision
     Share-based payment expense
     DD&A
     Net reversal of impairment on financial assets 
     Inventory impairment
     Impairment of property, plant and equipment
     Fair value (gain)/ loss on derivative financial instruments 
     Other non-cash items 

Changes In Working Capital 
(Decrease)/increase in inventories
Decrease in trade and other receivables
Increase in trade and other payables

Income taxation paid

Net Cash Inflow from Operating Activities

Notes

2022
$’000

2021 
$’000 

2,457

2,982 

9

9

28

13-15

8

19

16,20,21

21,28,29

394
229
(48)
1,110
647
7,617
(46)
334
5,558
(2,883)
158

(39) 
254 
(94) 
1,222 
626 
7,428 
(754) 
1,220 
96 
3,149 
47 

15,527

16,137 

(1,129)
(376)
1,353

228 
(3,019) 
909 

(152)

(1,882) 

(3,390)

(1,700) 

11,985

12,555 

Investing Activities 
Purchase of Exploration and Evaluation (“E&E”) assets 
Purchase of computer software and investment in research & development 
Purchase of property, plant and equipment
Performance Bond 

Net Cash Outflow from Investing Activities

15

15

13

(388)
(102)
(15,016)
(130) 

(3,262) 
(401) 
(9,957) 
(220) 

(15,636)

(13,840) 

Financing Activities 
Finance income
Finance cost 
Proceeds from the issue of shares 
Principal paid on lease liability
Interest paid on lease liability
Acquisition of treasury shares

Net Cash Outflow from Financing Activities

48
(94)
10
(536)
(135)
(1,522)

(2,229)

94 
(153) 
– 
(480) 
(101) 
– 

(640) 

Decrease in Cash and Cash Equivalents

(5,880)

(1,925) 

Cash and Cash Equivalents 
At beginning of year
Effects of foreign exchange rates differences on cash
Decrease in Cash and Cash equivalents

18,312
(301)
(5,880)

20,237 
19 
(1,944) 

At end of year

22

12,131

18,312

 
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
Annual Report & Financial Statements 2022

Company Statement of Cash Flows 
for the year 31 December 2022 

(Expressed in United States Dollars)

Operating Activities 
Loss before taxation
Adjustments for: 

     Foreign exchange (“FX”) loss 
     Finance income 
     Share based payment charge
     Net reversal of impairment loss on financial assets
     Fair value loss on derivative financial instruments
     Other non-cash items

Changes In Working Capital 
Increase in trade and other receivables
Increase in trade and other payables

Taxation Paid

71

Strategic Report  
Governance 

l Financial Accounts 

Glossary 
Company Information

Note

2022
$’000

2021 
$’000 

(9,413)

(6,381) 

306
(156)
107
(14)
(2,883)
–

28 
(152) 
178 
(28) 
3,149 
(13) 

(12,053)

(3,219) 

521
12,188

12,709

1,537 
354 

1,891 

–

– 

Net Cash Inflow/(Outflow) from Operating Activities

656

(1,328) 

Financing Activities 
Finance income 
Issue of shares 
Treasury Shares 

Net Cash (Outflow)/Inflow from Financing Activities

156
10
 (1,522)

(1,356)

147 
– 
– 

147 

Decrease In Cash and Cash Equivalents

(700)

(1,181) 

Cash and Cash Equivalents 
At beginning of year
Effects of foreign exchange rates differences on cash
Decrease Cash and Cash equivalents

At End of Year

3,108
(306)
(700)

2,102

4,317 
(28) 
(1,181) 

3,108

22

     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
72

Trinity Exploration & Production plc                                           

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
31 December 2022

1 Background and Summary of significant accounting policies 

The principal accounting policies applied in the preparation of this consolidated financial information are set out below. 
These  policies  have  been  consistently  applied  to  all  the  years  presented,  unless  otherwise  stated.  The  financial 
statements are for Trinity Exploration & Production plc (“Trinity” or “the Company” or “Parent”) and its subsidiaries 
(together “the Group”). 

Background 

Trinity is an independent energy company limited by shares and listed on the Alternative Investment Market (“AIM”) 
market of the London Stock Exchange (“LSE”). The Company is incorporated and domiciled in England and the address 
of the registered office is c/o Pinsent Masons LLP 1 Park Row, Leeds LS1 5AB, United Kingdom (“UK”). The Group is 
involved in the exploration, development and production of oil reserves in Trinidad & Tobago (“T&T”). 

Basis of preparation 

The Group’s and Company’s financial statements have been prepared and approved by the Board of Directors (“Board”) 
in accordance with international accounting standards as adopted in the United Kingdom. 

The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in compliance with IFRS requires the use of certain critical 
accounting estimates. It also requires the Board and Executive Management Team (“EMT”) (together “Management”) 
to exercise its judgement in the process of applying the Group’s accounting policies. The areas involving a higher degree 
of judgement or complexity, or areas where assumptions and estimates are significant to the consolidated financial 
information, are disclosed in Note 3: Critical Accounting Estimates and Assumptions. 

The Company has taken advantage of the exemption in Section 408 of the Companies Act 2006 not to present its own 
income statement or Statement of Comprehensive Income. The loss for the Company for the year was $9.4 million 
(2021: $6.4 million loss) driven mainly by the derivative expenses incurred in 2022.  

Basis of measurement 

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared under the historical cost convention, except certain financial 
assets  and  liabilities  (including  derivative  financial  instruments)  –  which  are  measured  at  fair  value  through  the 
Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income. Accounting policies have been applied consistently, other than 
where a new accounting policy has been adopted. 

Going Concern  

The Board adopted the going concern basis in preparing the Financial Statements.  

In making their going concern assessment, the Board have considered the Group’s current financial position, budget 
and cash flow forecast. The going concern assessment has considered the current operating environment and the 
potential impact of the volatility of the oil price. 

The Group started 2023 with a stable operating and financial position; 2022 average production of 2,975 barrels of oil 
per day (“bopd”), (2021 3,006 bopd), and cash and short-term investments of $12.1 million as at 31 December 2022 
(2021: $18.3 million). The Group’s base case going concern assessment is based upon management’s best estimate of 
forward commodity price curves and uses production in line with approved asset plans. The base case forecast was 
prepared with consideration of the following: 

•

•

Future oil prices are assumed to be in line with the forward curve prevailing as at 3 May 2023. The forward price 
curve applied in the cash flow forecast starts at a realised price of $67.3/bbl in May 2023, fluctuating each month 
down to $64.8/bbl in December 2023 through to $62.0/bbl in December 2024. 

Average forecast production for the years to December 2023 and December 2024 are in line with the Group’s 
asset development plans, with production being maintained by RCPs, WOs and swabbing activities; 

• Whilst the estimated full cost of drilling the deeper Jacobin well is included, a prudent assumption is utilised in the 
forecast whereby production from Jacobin is assumed to be no greater than that of an onshore conventional well. 

•

•

•

No SPT is assumed to be incurred on the onshore assets in 2023 or 2024, as the forecast realised price is below 
$75.0/bbl; 

Trinity continuing to progress various growth and business development opportunities; and 

No derivative instruments being put in place for 2023.  

 
 
 
Annual Report & Financial Statements 2022

73

Strategic Report  
Governance 

l Financial Accounts 

Glossary 
Company Information

Management considers this is a reasonable base scenario, reflecting a prudent outlook for the future oil price, production 
profile and costs. The cash flow forecast showed that the Group will remain in a strong financial position for at least the 
next twelve months, and as such being able to meet its liabilities as they fall due.  

Management has considered a separate stressed scenario including:  

•

•

the effect of reductions in Brent oil prices at $60.0/bbl being sustained across the forecast period, noting that the 
base case pricing is in line with market prices; and  

the compounded impact of a reduction in production by 10%. 

The stressed case cash flow forecast allows for the impact of mitigating actions that are within the Group’s control 
which include: 

•

•

Reducing non-core and discretionary opex and administrative costs across the forecast period. 

Reducing discretionary Capital Expenditure and Capital Returns over the forecast period. 

All reasonably plausible forecasts demonstrate that the Group’s cash balances are maintained under such scenarios 
and as such are sufficient to meet the Group’s obligations as they fall due. 

As a result, at the date of approval of the financial statements, the Board have a reasonable expectation that the Group 
has sufficient and adequate resources to continue in existence for at least twelve months post approval of these financial 
statements and is poised for continued growth. For this reason, the Board have concluded it is appropriate to continue 
to adopt the going concern basis of accounting in the preparation of the consolidated and company financial statements. 

Changes in accounting policies 

(a) New standards, interpretations and amendments adopted from 1 January 2022: 

The following amendments are effective for the period beginning 1 January 2022:  

• Onerous Contracts – Cost of Fulfilling a Contract (Amendments to IAS 37). 

•

•

Property, Plant and Equipment: Proceeds before Intended Use (Amendments to IAS 16). 

Annual Improvements to IFRS Standards 2018-2020 (Amendments to IFRS 1, IFRS 9, IFRS 16 and IAS 41). 

The application of these standards has had no impact on the disclosures, or the amounts recognised in the Group’s 
consolidated financial statements. 

(b) New standards, interpretations and amendments not yet effective  

There are a number of standards, amendments to standards, and interpretations which have been issued by the 
IASB that are effective in future accounting periods that the Group has decided not to adopt early.  

The following amendments will become effective for the period beginning 1 January 2023: 

•

•

•

•

IFRS 17 Insurance Contracts (effective 1 January 2023) 

IAS  1  Presentation  of  Financial  Statements  and  IFRS  Practice  Statement  2  (Amendment  –  Disclosure  of 
Accounting Policies) 

IAS 8 Accounting policies, Changes in Accounting Estimates and Errors (Amendment - Definition of Accounting 
Estimates) 

IAS  12  Income  Taxes  (Amendment  –  Deferred  Tax  related  to  Assets  and  Liabilities  arising  from  a  Single 
Transaction) 

While no formal assessment has been performed, the Group does not expect any other standards issued by the 
IASB, but not yet effective, to have a material impact on the Group.  

 
 
74

Trinity Exploration & Production plc                                           

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

1 Background and Summary of significant accounting policies (continued) 

Basis of consolidation  

The Consolidated Financial Statements comprise the financial statements of the subsidiaries listed in Note 12. The 
financial information incorporates the financial information of the Group made up to 31 December each year. Control is 
achieved where the Company has the power to govern the financial and operating policies of an entity so as to obtain 
benefits  from  its  activities.  The  results  of  subsidiaries  acquired  or  disposed  of  during  the  year  are  included  in  the 
Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income from the effective date of acquisition and up to the effective date 
of disposal, as appropriate. 

The acquisition method of accounting is used to account for the acquisition of subsidiaries by the Group. The cost of 
an acquisition is measured as the fair value of the assets given, equity instruments issued and liabilities incurred or 
assumed at the date of exchange. Identifiable assets acquired and liabilities and contingent liabilities assumed in a 
business combination are measured initially at their fair values at the acquisition date, irrespective of the extent of any 
non-controlling interest. If the cost of acquisition is less than the fair value of the net assets of the subsidiary acquired, 
the difference is recognised directly in the Statement of Comprehensive Income. Costs related to an acquisition are 
expensed as incurred. 

Uniform accounting policies have been adopted across the Group. All intra-group transactions, balances, income and 
expenses are eliminated on consolidation. 

Share-based payments 

The Group operates a number of equity-settled, share-based compensation plans comprised of Share Options and 
Long-Term Incentive Plans (“LTIPs”) as consideration for services rendered by the Group’s employees. The fair value of 
the services received in exchange for the grant of share-based payments is recognised as an expense. The total amount 
to be expensed is determined by reference to the fair value of the options or LTIP awards granted: 

•

•

•

including any market performance conditions (for example, an entity’s share price); 

excluding the impact of any service and non-market performance vesting conditions; and 

including the impact of any non-vesting conditions. 

Non-market  performance  and  service  conditions  are  included  in  assumptions  about  the  number  of  share-based 
payments that are expected to vest. The total expense is recognised over the vesting period, which is the period over 
which all of the specified vesting conditions are to be satisfied. 

At the end of each reporting period, the Group revises its estimates of the number of options or LTIP awards that are 
expected  to  vest  based  on  the  non-market  vesting  conditions.  It  recognises  the  impact  of  the  revision  to  original 
estimates, if any, in the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income, with a corresponding adjustment to equity. 
When the options are exercised, the Group issues new shares. The proceeds received net of any directly attributable 
transaction costs are credited to share capital (nominal value) and share premium. 

The grant by the Company of options and LTIPs over its equity instruments to the employees of subsidiary undertakings 
in the Group is treated as a capital contribution. The fair value of employee services received, measured by reference 
to the grant date fair value, is recognised over the vesting period as an increase to investment in subsidiary undertakings, 
with a corresponding credit to equity. 

Employee Benefit Trust  

On 15 November 2021, the Group established the Trinity Exploration and Production plc Employee Benefit Trust, which 
is consolidated in accordance with the principles in Note 1 – Basis of consolidation. When the options are exercised, the 
trust transfers the appropriate amount of shares to the employee. The proceeds received, net of any directly attributable 
transaction costs, are credited directly to equity. 

Cash-settled share-based payments 

The Group operates a cash-settled share-based plan comprised of reference shares as consideration for services 
rendered by the Group’s employees. 

Cash-settled share-based payments result in the recognition of a liability, which is an obligation to make a payment in 
cash or other assets, based on the price of the underlying equity instrument. At each reporting date, and ultimately at 
the settlement date, the fair value of the recognised liability is remeasured. Remeasurement applies to the recognised 
portion of the liability through to vesting date. The full amount is remeasured from vesting date to settlement date. The 
cumulative  net  cost  and  amounts  recognised  in  profit  or  loss  that  will  ultimately  be  recognised  in  respect  of  the 
transaction will be equal to the amount paid to settle the liability.

 
 
Annual Report & Financial Statements 2022

75

Strategic Report  
Governance 

l Financial Accounts 

Glossary 
Company Information

Foreign currency translation 

(a) Functional and presentation currency 

Company: The functional and presentation currency of the Company is United States Dollars (“USD” or “$”).  

Group:

The functional currencies of the Group operating entities are Trinidad & Tobago Dollars (“TTD”) and 
United States dollars as these are the currencies of the primary economic environment in which the 
entities operate. The presentation currency is USD which better reflects the Group’s business activities 
and improves the ability of users of the consolidated financial statements to compare financial results 
with others in the international Oil and Gas industry. The Consolidated Statement of Financial Position 
is translated at the closing rate and Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income is translated at 
the average rate from both USD and Great British Pound (“GBP” or “£”) currencies. The following 
exchange rates have been used in the preparation of these financial statements: 

Average rate TTD= $/£
Closing rate TTD= $/£

(b) Transactions and balances 

$

6.754
6.742

2022
£

8.357
8.146

$

6.765
6.763

2021 
£ 

9.006 
9.151 

Foreign currency transactions are translated into the functional currency using the exchange rates at the dates of 
the transactions. FX gains/losses resulting from the settlement of such transactions and from the translation of 
monetary  assets  and  liabilities  denominated  in  foreign  currencies  at  year  end  exchange  rates  are  generally 
recognised in the consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income. They are deferred in equity if they relate to 
qualifying cash flow hedges and qualifying net investment hedges or are attributable to part of the net investment 
in a foreign operation.  

Non-monetary items that are measured at fair value in a foreign currency are translated using the exchange rates 
at the date when the fair value was determined. Translation differences on assets and liabilities carried at fair value 
are reported as part of the fair value gain or loss. For example, translation differences on non-monetary assets and 
liabilities such as equities held at fair value through profit or loss are recognised in the consolidated Statement of 
Comprehensive Income as part of the fair value gain or loss and translation differences on non-monetary assets. 

(c) Group companies 

The results and financial position of foreign operations (none of which has the currency of a hyperinflationary 
economy)  that  have  a  functional  currency  different  from  the  presentation  currency  are  translated  into  the 
presentation currency as follows:  

•

•

•

assets and liabilities for each Statement of Financial Position presented are translated at the closing rate at 
the date of that Consolidated Statement of Financial Position 

income and expenses for each Statement of Comprehensive Income are translated at average exchange rates 
(unless this is not a reasonable approximation of the cumulative effect of the rates prevailing on the transaction 
dates, in which case income and expenses are translated at the dates of the transactions), and  

all resulting exchange differences are recognised in other comprehensive income.  

On consolidation, exchange differences arising from the translation of any net investment in foreign entities, and of 
borrowings and other financial instruments designated as hedges of such investments, are recognised in other 
comprehensive income. When a foreign operation is sold or any borrowings forming part of the net investment are 
repaid, the associated exchange differences are reclassified to profit or loss, as part of the gain or loss on sale. 

(d) Translation differences 

Differences arising from retranslation of the financial statements at the year-end are recognised in the Translation 
reserve through “Other comprehensive income”. 

76

Trinity Exploration & Production plc                                           

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

1 Background and Summary of significant accounting policies (continued) 

Intangible assets 

(a) Exploration and Evaluation (“E&E”) assets  

i)

Capitalisation 

E&E assets are initially classified as intangible assets. Such costs include those directly associated with an 
exploration area. Upon discovery of commercial reserves capitalisation is recognised within Property, Plant and 
Equipment. 

Oil and natural gas E&E expenditures are accounted for using the successful efforts method of accounting. 
Under this method, costs are accumulated on a prospect-by-prospect basis and capitalised upon discovery of 
commercially viable mineral reserves. If the commercial viability is not achieved or achievable, such costs are 
charged to expense. 

Costs incurred in the E&E of assets includes: 

•

Licence and property acquisition costs 

Exploration and property leasehold acquisition costs are capitalised within E&E assets.  

•

E&E expenditure 

Costs directly associated with an exploration well are capitalised until the determination of reserves is evaluated. 
Such costs include topographical, geological, geochemical, and geophysical studies, exploratory drilling costs, 
trenching, sampling and activities in relation to evaluating the technical feasibility and commercial viability of 
extracting mineral resources. Capitalisation is made within property, plant and equipment or intangible assets 
according  to  its  nature,  although  a  majority  of  such  expenditure  is  capitalised  as  an  intangible  asset.  If 
commercial reserves are found, the costs continue to be carried as an asset. If commercial reserves are not 
found, E&E expenditures are written off as a dry hole when that determination is made. 

Once commercial reserves are found, E&E assets are tested for impairment and transferred to development 
tangible and intangible assets as applicable. No depreciation and/or amortisation are charged during the E&E 
phase. 

Where development costs have been capitalised and Management has determined a strategic change to focus 
on E&E activities in an asset, these costs are transferred from development costs to E&E assets in the period 
the strategic change was made. An Impairment assessment is performed prior to the transfer in accordance 
with IFRS 6 impairment guidance noted below. 

ii)

Impairment 

E&E assets are tested for impairment (in accordance with the criteria set out in IFRS 6: Exploration for and 
Evaluation of Mineral Resources) whenever facts and circumstances indicate impairment. An impairment loss 
is recognised for the amount by which the E&E assets’ carrying amount exceed their recoverable amount. The 
recoverable amount is the higher of the E&Es assets’ Fair Value Less Costs of Disposal (“FVLCD”) and their 
Value In Use (“VIU”). For the purposes of assessing impairment, the E&E assets subject to testing are grouped 
with existing Cash Generating Units (“CGU”) of related production fields located in the same geographical 
region. The geographical region is the same as that used for reserves reporting purposes. 

The following indicators are evaluated to determine whether these assets should be tested for impairment: 

•

The period for which the Group has the right to explore in the specific area has lapsed. 

• Whether substantive expenditure on further E&E in the specific area is budgeted or planned. 

• Whether E&E in the specific area have not led to the discovery of commercially viable quantities and the 

Company has decided to discontinue such activities in the specific area; and/or 

• Whether sufficient data exists to indicate that, although a development in the specific area is likely to 
proceed,  the  carrying  amount  of  the  E&E  asset  is  unlikely  to  be  recovered  in  full  from  successful 
development or by sale. 

(b) Computer software  

Computer software is initially recognised at cost, once it is purchased. Internally generated software is capitalised 
once it is proven technological feasibility, probable future benefits, intent and ability to use the software, resources 
to complete the software, and ability to measure cost. It is amortised over its four-year useful life, based on pattern 
of benefits (straight-line is the default) and charge recognised under DD&A.

Annual Report & Financial Statements 2022

77

Strategic Report  
Governance 

l Financial Accounts 

Glossary 
Company Information

Property, plant and equipment 

(a) Oil & Gas Assets 

i)

Development and Producing Assets – Capitalisation 

Development expenditures are costs incurred to obtain access to proven reserves and to provide facilities for 
extracting, treating, gathering and storing the oil and gas. These costs include transfers from E&Es subsequent 
to finding commercially viable reserves, development drilling and new reserve type, infrastructure costs and 
development Geological and Geophysical (“G&G”) costs. Acquisitions of oil and gas properties are accounted 
for under the acquisition method where the transaction meets the definition of a business combination.  

Transactions involving the purchases of an individual field interest, or a group of field interests, that do not 
meet the definition of a business (and therefore do not apply business combination accounting) are treated as 
asset purchases, irrespective of whether the specific transactions involve the transfer of the field interests 
directly, or the transfer of an incorporated entity. Accordingly, the consideration is allocated to the assets and 
liabilities purchased on a relative fair value basis. 

Proceeds on disposal are applied to the carrying amount of the specific asset or development and production 
assets  disposed  of.  Any  excess  is  recorded  as  a  gain  on  disposal  in  the  Consolidated  Statement  of 
Comprehensive Income and any shortfall between the proceeds and the carrying amount is recorded as a loss 
on disposal in the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income. 

Development expenditure on the construction, installation or completion of infrastructure facilities such as 
platforms, pipelines and the drilling of development commercially proven wells is capitalised according to its 
nature.  When  development  is  completed  on  a  specific  field  it  is  transferred  to  Production  Assets.  No 
depreciation and/or amortisation are charged during the development phase. 

Expenditure on G&G surveys used to locate and identify properties with the potential to produce commercial 
quantities of oil and gas as well as to determine the optimal location for development wells are capitalised. 

ii) Development and Producing Assets – Impairment 

An  impairment  test  is  performed  whenever  events  and  circumstances  arising  during  the  development  or 
production  phase  indicate  that  the  carrying  value  of  a  development  or  production  asset  may  exceed  its 
recoverable amount. Impairment triggers include but are not limited to, declining long term market prices for 
oil  and  gas,  significant  downward  reserve  revisions,  increased  regulations  or  fiscal  changes,  market 
capitalisation being below net assets, deteriorating local conditions such that it become unsafe to continue 
operations) and obsolescence.  

The carrying value is compared against the expected recoverable amount. The recoverable amount is the 
higher of an asset’s FVLCD and the VIU. For the purposes of assessing impairment, assets are grouped at the 
lowest levels (its CGU) for which there are separately identifiable cash flows. The CGU applied for impairment 
test purposes is generally the field. These fields are the same as that used for reserves reporting purposes. 

iii) Producing Assets – DD&A 

The  provision  for  DD&A  of  developed  and  producing  Oil  &  Gas  Assets  are  calculated  using  the  unit-of-
production method. Oil & Gas Assets are depreciated generally on a field-by-field basis using the unit-of-
production method which is the ratio of oil and gas production in the period to the estimated quantities of 
commercial reserves at the end of the period plus the production in the period. Costs used in the unit of 
production calculation comprise the net book value of capitalised costs plus the estimated future development 
costs.  Changes  in  the  estimates  of  commercial  reserves  or  future  development  costs  are  dealt  with 
prospectively. 

iv) Decommissioning asset 

Provision  for  decommissioning  is  recognised  in  accordance  with  the  contractual  obligations  at  the 
commencement of oil and gas production. The amount recognised is the net present value of the estimated 
cost of decommissioning at the end of the economic producing lives of the wells and the end of the useful 
lives of refinery and storage units. Such costs include removal of equipment and restoration of land or seabed. 
The unwinding of the discount on the provision is included in the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive 
Income within finance costs. 

A corresponding asset is also created at an amount equal to the provision. This is subsequently depleted as 
part of the capital costs of the production assets. Any change in the present value of the estimated expenditure 
or discount rates are reflected as an adjustment to the provision and the asset and dealt with prospectively.

78

Trinity Exploration & Production plc                                           

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

1 Background and Summary of significant accounting policies (continued) 

Property, plant and equipment (continued) 

(b) Non-Oil & Gas Assets 

All property, plant and equipment are recorded at historical cost less accumulated depreciation and any impairment 
losses. Historical cost includes the original purchase price of the asset and expenditure that is directly attributable 
to bringing the asset to its working condition for its intended use. Subsequent costs are included in the asset’s 
carrying amount or recognised as a separate asset, as appropriate, only when it is probable that future economic 
benefits associated with the item will flow to the Group and the cost of the item can be measured reliably.  

The provision for depreciation with respect to operations other than oil and gas producing activities is computed 
using the straight-line method based on estimated useful lives as follows: 

Leasehold and buildings
Plant and equipment
Other

20 years 
4 years 
4 years 

The assets’ residual values and useful lives are reviewed and adjusted if appropriate at each Statement of Financial 
Position date. An asset’s carrying amount is written down immediately to its recoverable amount if the asset’s 
carrying amount is greater than its estimated recoverable amount. Gains and losses on disposals are determined 
by comparing proceeds with carrying amounts and are included in the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive 
Income. 

Repairs and maintenance are charged to the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income during the financial 
period in which they are incurred. The cost of major renovations is included in the carrying amount of the asset 
when it is probable that future economic benefits in excess of the originally assessed standard of performance of 
the existing assets will flow to the Group. Major renovations such as leasehold improvements are depreciated over 
the remaining useful life of the related asset. 

Impairment of non-financial assets 

At each reporting date, assets that are subject to amortisation are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes 
in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. An impairment loss is recognised for the 
amount by which the asset’s carrying amount exceeds its recoverable amount. The recoverable amount is the higher of 
an asset’s FVLCD and VIU. For the purposes of assessing impairment, assets are grouped at the lowest levels for which 
there are separately identifiable cash flows (CGUs). Non-financial assets that suffered impairment are reviewed for 
possible reversal of the impairment at each reporting date. 

Inventories 

Crude oil is stated at the lower of cost and net realisable value. Cost is determined by the average cost method. Net 
realisable value is the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business, less applicable variable selling expenses. 
Materials and supplies used mainly in drilling wells, RCPs and WOs are stated at lower of cost and net realisable value. 
Cost is determined using the weighted average cost method. 

Cash and Cash equivalents 

For the purpose of presentation in the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows, Cash and Cash equivalents includes cash 
on hand, deposits held at call with financial institutions, other short-term, highly liquid investments with original maturities 
of three months or less that are readily convertible to known amounts of cash and which are subject to an insignificant 
risk of changes in value.  

Trade receivables 

Trade receivables are amounts due from customers for crude oil sold in the ordinary course of business. They are 
generally  due  for  settlement  within  thirty  days  and  therefore  are  all  classified  as  current.  Trade  receivables  are 
recognised  initially  at  the  amount  of  consideration  that  is  unconditional  unless  they  contain  significant  financing 
components, when they are recognised at fair value.  

The Group applies the simplified approach to determine impairment of trade receivables. The simplified approach 
requires expected lifetime losses to be recognised from initial recognition of the receivables. This involves determining 
the expected loss rates using a provision matrix that is based on the historical default rates observed over the expected 
life of the receivable and adjusted forward-looking estimates. This is then applied to the gross carrying amount of the 
receivable to arrive at the loss allowance for the period. 

 
 
 
 
Annual Report & Financial Statements 2022

79

Strategic Report  
Governance 

l Financial Accounts 

Glossary 
Company Information

Trade payables 

Trade payables are recognised initially at fair value and subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective 
interest method. 

Impairment of Financial Assets 

The financial assets within the Group are subject to the Expected Credit Losses (“ECL”) model. The Group applies the 
ECL  model  to  trade  receivables  for  sales  of  inventory  and  from  the  provision  of  consulting  services  as  well  as 
Intercompany receivables. While Cash and Cash equivalents are also subject to the impairment requirements of IFRS 9, 
the identified impairment loss was immaterial. 

(i) Trade receivables 

The Group applies the IFRS 9 simplified approach to measuring ECL which uses a lifetime expected loss allowance 
for all trade receivables. 

Financial assets recognition of impairment provisions under IFRS 9 is based on the ECL model. The ECL model is 
applicable to financial assets classified at amortised cost and contract assets under IFRS 15: Revenue from Contracts 
with Customers. The measurement of ECL reflects an unbiased and probability weighted amount that is available 
without undue cost or effort at the reporting date, about past events, current conditions and forecasts of future 
economic conditions. The Group applied the simplified approach to determine impairment of its trade and other 
receivables. The simplified approach requires expected lifetime losses to be recognised from initial recognition of 
the receivables. This involves determining the expected loss rates using a provision matrix that is based on the 
Group’s historical default rates observed over the expected life of the receivables and adjusted forward looking 
estimates. This is then applied to the gross carrying amount of the receivables to arrive at the loss allowance for 
the period. 

(ii)

Intercompany receivables 

The Company applies IFRS 9 through the recognition of ECL for intercompany positions. Intercompany positions 
eliminate in the consolidated financial statements. In measurement of the ECL, IFRS 9 notes that the maximum 
period over which expected impairment losses is measured is the longest contractual period where the Company 
is exposed to credit risk. The three-stage general impairment model was used, Probability of Default (“PD”) x Loss 
Given Default (“LGD”) x Exposure at Default (“EAD”). Measurement of the ECL at a probability-weighted amount 
that reflects the possibility of a credit loss occurs, and the possibility that no credit loss occurs and even if the 
possibility of a credit loss occurring is low. 

Income tax 

The income tax expense or credit for the period is the tax payable on the current period’s taxable income based on the 
applicable  income  tax  rate  for  each  jurisdiction  adjusted  by  changes  in  DTA  and  DTL  attributable  to  temporary 
differences and to unused tax losses.  

The current income tax charge is calculated on the basis of the tax laws enacted or substantively enacted at the end of 
the reporting period in the countries where the Company’s subsidiaries and associates operate and generate taxable 
income. Management periodically evaluates positions taken in tax returns with respect to situations in which applicable 
tax regulation is subject to interpretation. It establishes provisions where appropriate on the basis of amounts expected 
to be paid to the tax authorities.  

Deferred income tax is provided in full, using the liability method, on temporary differences arising between the tax 
bases of assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts in the consolidated financial statements. However, DTLs are 
not recognised if they arise from the initial recognition of goodwill. Deferred income tax is also not accounted for if it 
arises from initial recognition of an asset or liability in a transaction other than a business combination that at the time 
of the transaction affects neither accounting nor taxable profit/loss. Deferred income tax is determined using tax rates 
(and laws) that have been enacted or substantially enacted by the end of the reporting period and are expected to 
apply when the related deferred income tax asset is realised or the deferred income tax liability is settled.  

DTA are recognised only if it is probable that future taxable amounts will be available to utilise those temporary differences 
and losses.  

DTL and DTA are not recognised for temporary differences between the carrying amount and tax bases of investments 
in foreign operations where the Company is able to control the timing of the reversal of the temporary differences and 
it is probable that the differences will not reverse in the foreseeable future.  

DTA and DTL are offset when there is a legally enforceable right to offset current tax assets and liabilities and when the 
deferred tax balances relate to the same taxation authority. Current tax assets and tax liabilities are offset where the 
entity has a legally enforceable right to offset and intends either to settle on a net basis, or to realise the asset and 
settle the liability simultaneously. 

 
 
80

Trinity Exploration & Production plc                                           

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

1 Background and Summary of significant accounting policies (continued) 

Current and deferred tax is recognised in profit or loss, except to the extent that it relates to items recognised in other 
comprehensive income or directly in equity. In this case, the tax is also recognised in other comprehensive income or 
directly in equity, respectively.  

Property Tax (“PT”) 

From 2018 until 2020, PT had been recognised initially at fair value and subsequently measured at amortised cost using 
the effective interest method. Assessments were based on the Annual Rental Value (“ARV”) of property. The Annual 
Taxable Value (“ATV”) is the ARV subject to deductions and allowances in respect of voids and loss of rent multiplied 
by the respective PT rate. The PT rates applicable to the Group were industrial with building rates at 6% and industrial 
without building rates at 3%. 

PT accrued for past years is now considered unlikely to be charged and paid, and so no liability is now being recognised. 
Refer to note 3 (f). 

Revenue recognition 

IFRS 15 Revenue from Contracts with Customers requires that revenue is recognised by performance obligation, as or 
when each performance obligation is satisfied, and that variable elements of pricing are recognised and to the extent 
that it is not highly probable they will be reversed. 

The Group has evaluated its customer contract with the Heritage Petroleum Company Limited (“Heritage”), to identify 
the performance obligations, the timing of the revenue recognition and the treatment of variable elements of pricing. 
Sales revenue represents the sales value of the Group’s oil sold in the year.  

Revenue  associated  with  the  sale  of  crude  oil  is  measured  based  on  the  consideration  specified  in  contracts  with 
customers. 

Revenue is recognised when control is transferred from the Group to its customer and the Group has the present right 
to payment. The transfer of control of crude oil coincides with title passing to the customer and the customer taking 
physical possession. Typically, payment for the sale of the oil is received by the end of the month following the month 
in which the sale is recognised.  

Prices  are  based  on  prices  determined  by  Heritage,  with  agreed  contractual  adjustments  for  quality.  Revenue  is 
measured at the fair value of the consideration received or receivable, and represents amounts receivable for oil and 
gas products in the normal course of business. 

Provisions 

Provisions are recognised when the Group has a present legal or constructive obligation as a result of past events, 
where it is probable that an outflow of resources will be required to settle the obligation, and a reliable estimate of the 
amount of the obligation can be made. Provisions are not recognised for future operating losses. Where there are a 
number of similar obligations, the likelihood that an outflow will be required in settlement is determined by considering 
the class of obligations as a whole. A provision is recognised even if the likelihood of an outflow with respect to any one 
item included in the same class of obligations may be small. 

Provisions are measured at the present value of the expenditures expected to be required to settle the obligation using 
a pre-tax rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the obligation. 
The increase in the provision due to passage of time is recognised as a finance cost. 

Leases 

All leases are accounted for by recognising a right-of-use asset and a lease liability except for: 

•

•

Leases of low value assets; and 

Leases with a duration of 12 months or less.  

Lease liabilities were measured at the present value of the contractual payments due to the lessor over the lease term, 
with the discount rate determined by reference to the group’s incremental borrowing rate. The lease payments are 
discounted using the Group’s incremental borrowing rate, being the rate that the Group would have to pay to borrow 
the funds necessary to obtain an asset of similar value to the ROU asset in a similar economic environment with similar 
terms, security and conditions. To determine the incremental borrowing rate, Trinity received an indicative third-party 
lending rate from Central Bank of Trinidad and Tobago.

 
 
 
 
Annual Report & Financial Statements 2022

81

Strategic Report  
Governance 

l Financial Accounts 

Glossary 
Company Information

Right of use assets were initially measured at the amount of the lease liability. Subsequent to initial measurement lease 
liabilities increase as a result of interest charged at a constant rate on the balance outstanding and are reduced for 
lease payments made. Right-of-use assets are amortised on a straight-line basis over the remaining term of the lease.  

The lease term can be described as the non-cancellable period of the lease plus periods covered by an option to extend 
or  an  option  to  terminate  if  the  lessee  is  reasonably  certain  to  exercise  the  extension  option  or  not  exercise  the 
termination option. 

In 2022 the Group revised its estimates due to additional vehicles and copier assets included in lease agreements and 
the extension of staff house leases in December 2022. As a result, there was a revision to the carrying amount of the 
lease liability to reflect the payments to being made over the revised term, which was discounted using the same 
incremental rate. Equivalent adjustment is made to the carrying value of the right-of-use asset, with the revised carrying 
amount being amortised over the remaining (revised) lease term.  

Share capital 

Ordinary shares are classified as equity. The nominal value of any shares issued is recognised in share capital with the 
excess above the nominal amount paid being shown within share premium. 

Incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of new ordinary shares are shown in equity. Where, on issuing shares, 
share premium has been recognised, the expenses of issuing those shares and any commission paid on the issue of 
those shares have been written off against the share premium account. 

Treasury Shares 

Where any Group company purchases the Company’s equity instruments, for example as the result of a share buy-
back or a share-based payment plan, the consideration paid is deducted from equity attributable to the owners of the 
Company as treasury shares until the shares are cancelled or reissued. Where such ordinary shares are subsequently 
reissued, any consideration received is included in equity attributable to the owners of the Company. Shares held by 
the Company are disclosed as treasury shares and deducted from equity. 

Derivative financial Instruments and hedging activities 

Derivatives are initially recognised at fair value on the date a derivative contract is entered into and are subsequently 
re-measured to their fair value at the end of each reporting period. The accounting for subsequent changes in fair value 
depends on whether the derivative is designated as a hedging instrument, and if so, the nature of the item being hedged. 
The Group has not applied hedge accounting and all oil price derivative financial instruments (categorised as Derivative 
Income/(Expenses)) are measured at fair value through profit and loss.  

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss are classified in this category if acquired principally for the purpose 
of selling in the short term. Derivatives are also categorised as held for trading unless they are designated as hedges. 
Assets in this category are classified as current assets if expected to be settled within twelve months, otherwise they 
are classified as non-current. Financial assets are derecognised when the rights to the cash flows expire, risks and 
rewards are transferred or control of the asset is transferred. 

A financial liability is removed from the Statement of Financial Position only when it is extinguished; that is, when the 
obligation specified in the contract is discharged, cancelled or expired. 

Investments 

Investments are shown at cost less provision for any impairment in value. The Company performs impairment reviews 
in  respect  of  investments  whenever  events  or  changes  in  circumstances  indicate  that  the  carrying  amount  of  the 
investment may not be recoverable. An impairment loss is recognised when the higher of the investment’s net realisable 
value and fair value less cost of disposal is less than the carrying amount. 

Exceptional Items 

Exceptional items are disclosed separately in the consolidated financial statements where it is necessary to do so to 
provide further understanding of the financial performance of the Group. They are distinct from routine operations which 
are material items of income or expense that have been shown separately due to the non-recurring nature and in the 
significance of their nature or amount.

 
 
 
 
 
82

Trinity Exploration & Production plc                                           

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

2 Financial Risk Management 

Financial risk factors 

The Group’s activities expose it to a variety of financial risks. The Group’s overall Risk Management program seeks to 
minimise potential adverse effects on the Group’s financial performance.  

Management is responsible for Group Risk Management and for identifying and evaluating financial risks. 

(a) Market risk 

(i)

Foreign currency (“FX”) risk 

The Group is exposed to FX risk primarily with respect to the United States dollar. FX risk arises from future 
commercial transactions and recognised assets and liabilities which are denominated in a currency that is not 
the entity’s functional currency. 

Foreign currency sensitivity 

The Group is mainly exposed to the currency fluctuations of the US dollar. The sensitivity analysis principally 
arises on FX gain/loss on translation of the USD denominated receivables. The following table details the 
Group’s sensitivity to a 10% (2021: 10%) increase and decrease in the functional currency (TT Dollar) of the main 
operating subsidiary against the US Dollar with all other variables held constant. 10% (2021: 10%) is the sensitivity 
rate that best represents Management’s assessment of the possible change in the foreign exchange rates 
affecting the Group. A positive number below indicates an increase in profit and equity when the US dollar 
weakens against the functional currency. For a strengthening of the US Dollar against the functional currency, 
there would be an equal and opposite impact on the profit and equity, and the balances below would be 
negative.  

Profit/(loss) for the year and Equity 
10% strengthening of the US Dollar/ (2021: 10%)
10% weakening of the US Dollar/ (2021: 10%)

(ii) Price risk 

2022
$’000

(269)
269

2021 
$’000 

(247) 
247 

The Group is exposed to commodity price risk regarding its sales of crude oil which is an internationally traded 
commodity.  

Price risk sensitivity 

The Group is a price taker and is mainly exposed to the risk relating to price fluctuations. The following table 
details the Group’s sensitivity to a 20% (2021: 20%) increase and decrease in realised oil prices. 20% (2021: 
20%) is the sensitivity rate that best represents Management’s assessment of the possible change in the oil 
prices that may affect the Group. A positive number below indicates an increase in revenue, while there would 
be an equal and opposite impact on revenue if there is a decrease in prices by 20%. 

Revenue  
20% increase in price/ (2021: 20%)
20% decrease in price/ (2021: 20%)

2022
$’000

2021 
$’000 

18,931
(18,931)

13,168 
(13,168) 

The Group implemented hedge options during the financial year, the purpose of which is to offer protection in 
the event of oil prices declining significantly.  

(iii) Cash flow and fair value interest rate risk 

The Group’s main interest rate risk arises from borrowings which expose the Group to cash flow interest rate 
risk. The Group manages risk by limiting the exposure to floating interest rates and maintaining a balance 
between floating and fixed contract rates. 

At  31  December  2022,  there  were  no  loan  commitments  to  attract  interest  rates  on  foreign  currency-
denominated borrowings, (2021: nil). During 2022 there was a bank overdraft facility which incurred $0.1 million 
interest (2021: $0.1 million).

 
Annual Report & Financial Statements 2022

83

Strategic Report  
Governance 

l Financial Accounts 

Glossary 
Company Information

(b) Credit risk 

Credit risk arises from Cash and Cash equivalents, deposits with banks and financial institutions, as well as credit 
exposures  to  customers,  including  outstanding  receivables.  For  banks  and  financial  institutions,  Management 
determines the placement of funds based on its judgement and experience to minimise risk. 

All sales are made to a state-owned entity, Heritage. 

The Group applies an IFRS 9 simplified model for measuring the ECL which uses a lifetime expected loss allowance 
and are measured on the days past due criterion. Having reviewed past payments combined with the credit profile 
of its existing trade debtors in order to assess the potential for impairment, Management made the decision in 
keeping with the standard to calculate a provision for long outstanding receivables associated with the Petrotrin 
outstanding  ORR  incentive  receipts.  The  ECL  for  those  sales  were  assessed  at  the  end  of  the  year  and  was 
immaterial. A provision matrix was applied to determine the historical and forward-looking loss rates which was 
used to ultimately calculate an ECL allowance, which resulted in a provision being made of $0.01 million.  

For Heritage sales, the ECL was immaterial as all sales payments were made during the stipulated time frame. 
However, ECL was also calculated on Joint interest billings outstanding, which resulted in a provision of $0.1 million 
(2021: $0.1 million). Similar to sales, a provision matrix was applied to determine the historical and forward-looking 
loss rates which was used to ultimately calculate an ECL allowance.  

The Company also assessed impairment through the three-stage approach to derive at the ECL. Through assessing 
impairment via this method, a provision amount of $0.1 million (2021: $0.1 million) was calculated.  

(c) Liquidity risk 

Prudent liquidity risk management implies maintaining sufficient cash and short-term funds and the availability of 
funding through an adequate amount of committed credit facilities. Management monitors rolling forecasts of the 
Group’s liquidity and Cash and Cash equivalents on the basis of expected cash flow. At the end of the year the 
Group held cash at bank of $12.1 million (2021: $18.3 million).  

Management monitors rolling forecasts of the Group’s Cash and Cash equivalents on the basis of expected cash 
flows. This is carried out at the Group level in accordance with practice and limits set by the Group, refer to the 
disclosures in Note 1: Background and accounting policies – Going Concern for more information regarding the 
factors considered by the Company in managing liquidity risk.  

The table below analyses the Group’s and Company’s financial liabilities into relevant maturity groupings based on 
their contractual maturities for:  

(a) All non-derivative financial liabilities, and 

(b) Net and gross settled derivative financial instruments for which the contractual maturities are essential for an 

understanding of the timing of the cash flows. 

The  following  table  sets  out  the  contractual  maturities  (representing  undiscounted  contractual  cash-flows)  of 
financial liabilities. 

Group 

At 31 December 2022

Non-derivatives 
Trade and other payables
Bank overdraft
Lease liabilities

Less than 1 year
$'000

1 to 2 years
$'000

2 to 5 years 
$'000

Total 
$'000 

9,932
2,700
584

13,216

–
–
204

204

–
–
137

137

9,932 
2,700 
925 

13,557 

At 31 December 2021

$'000

$'000

$'000

$'000 

Non-derivatives 
Trade and other payables
Bank overdraft
Lease liabilities

8,814
2,700
609

12,123

–
–
50

50

–
–
47

47

8,814 
2,700 
706 

12,220

 
 
84

Trinity Exploration & Production plc                                           

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

2 Financial Risk Management (continued) 

(c) Liquidity risk 

Company 

At 31 December 2022 

Non-derivatives
Trade and other payables
Intercompany

At 31 December 2021

Non-derivatives 
Trade and other payables
Intercompany

(d) Capital risk 

Less than 1 year
$'000

Total 
$'000 

565
12,731

565 
12,731 

13,296

13,296 

$'000

$'000 

327
781

1,108

327 
781 

1,108 

The Group’s objectives when managing capital are to safeguard the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern 
in order to provide returns for shareholders and benefits for other stakeholders and to maintain an optimal capital 
structure to reduce the cost of capital. In order to maintain or adjust the capital structure, the Group may adjust the 
amount of dividends paid to shareholders, issue new shares or sell assets to reduce debt. 

Consistent with others in the industry, the Group monitors capital on the basis of the gearing ratio. This ratio is 
calculated as Net Cash/(Debt) divided by Total Capital. Net Cash/(Debt) is calculated as total borrowings less Cash 
and Cash equivalents. Borrowing relates to the overdraft facility where all covenants (current ratio not less than 
1.25:1) were met. Total capital is calculated as ‘equity’ as shown in the Consolidated Statement Of Financial position 
plus Net Cash/(Debt).  

Net cash
Total equity

Total capital

Gearing ratio

(e) Fair value estimation 

2022
$’000

9,431
(56,131)

2021 
$’000 

15,612 
(56,921) 

(46,700)

(41,309) 

(20.2)%       (37.8)% 

The Group and Company have classified financial instruments into the three levels prescribed under the accounting 
standards.  

•

•

•

Level 1: The fair value of financial instruments traded in active markets (such as publicly traded derivatives, and 
equity securities) is based on quoted market prices at the end of the reporting period. The quoted market 
price used for financial assets held by the Group is the current bid price. These instruments are included in 
level 1. 

Level 2: The fair value of financial instruments that are not traded in an active market (for example, over-the-
counter derivatives) is determined using valuation techniques which maximise the use of observable market 
data and rely as little as possible on entity-specific estimates. If all significant inputs required to fair value an 
instrument are observable, the instrument is included in level 2.  

Level 3: If one or more of the significant inputs is not based on observable market data, the instrument is 
included in level 3. This is the case for unlisted equity securities. See Note 21 for details.

 
 
 
 
 
Annual Report & Financial Statements 2022

85

Strategic Report  
Governance 

l Financial Accounts 

Glossary 
Company Information

3.  Critical Accounting Estimates and Judgements 

The preparation of the consolidated financial statements requires the use of accounting estimates which, by definition, 
seldom equal the actual results. Management also exercise judgement in applying the Group’s and the Company’s 
accounting policies. The estimates and assumptions that have a significant risk of causing a material adjustment to the 
carrying amounts of assets and liabilities within the next financial year are discussed below: 

(a) Recoverability of DTA 

DTA mainly arise from tax losses and are recognised only to the extent it is considered probable that those assets 
will be recoverable. This involves an assessment of when those DTA are likely to reverse, and a judgement as to 
whether or not there will be sufficient taxable profits available to offset the tax assets when they do reverse. This 
requires assumptions regarding future profitability on key estimates of future cost, production volumes, price and 
is therefore inherently uncertain. To the extent assumptions regarding future profitability change, there can be an 
increase or decrease in the level of DTA recognised which can result in a charge or credit during the period in which 
the change occurs. The Group has concluded that the DTA recognised will be recoverable using approved business 
plans and budgets for the specific subsidiaries in which the DTA arose. See note 18. 

(b) Provision for decommissioning costs 

This provision is significantly affected by changes in technology, laws and regulations which may affect the actual 
cost and timing of decommissioning to be incurred at a future date. The estimate is also impacted by the discount 
rates used in the provisioning calculations. The discount rates used are the Group’s risk-free rate and the core 
inflation rate applicable. The provision has been estimated using a rate based on maturity and a core inflation rate. 
See Note 28: Provision for other liabilities. 

Risk free rates

Inflation rate

Bands (years)

2022

2021 

7-12
13-18
19-21
22-23

3.96%
4.04%
4.14%
4.09%

3.20%

1.80% 
1.96% 
2.20% 
2.20% 

2.40% 

The following table details the Group’s sensitivity to a 1% (2021: 1%) increase and decrease in discount and inflation 
rates. 1% (2021: 1%) is the sensitivity rate that best represents Management’s assessment of the possible change in 
the rates that may affect the Group. A positive number below indicates an increase in provisions and finance costs, 
while a negative number indicates a decrease in provisions and finance costs. The impact in 2022 of a 1% change 
in these variables is as follows: 

Discount rate
1% increase in assumed rate
1% decrease in assumed rate

Inflation rate
1% increase in assumed rate
1% decrease in assumed rate

Consolidated 
Statement of 
Financial Position:
Obligation
2022
$’000

Consolidated 
Statement of  
Comprehensive:  
Income/Expense 
2022 
$’000  

(7,642)
9,246

9,234
(7,769)

259 
(415) 

222 
(189) 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
86

Trinity Exploration & Production plc                                           

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

3.  Critical Accounting Estimates and Judgements (continued) 

(c) Estimation of reserves 

All reserve estimates involve some degree of uncertainty, which depends chiefly on the amount of reliable geological 
and engineering data available at the time of the estimate. Generally, reserve estimates are revised as additional 
data becomes available. The Group’s reserve estimates are also evaluated when required by independent external 
reserve evaluators. The last independent external reserve valuation was done in 2012. Since 2012 up to and including 
2021 the Group estimated its own commercial reserves, guided by international Petroleum Resource Management 
System (PRMS) application guidelines, based on technical information compiled by appropriately qualified persons 
relating to the geological and technical data on the size, depth, shape and grade of the hydrocarbon body and 
suitable production techniques and recovery rates. 

The key assumptions used in the estimation of reserves are as follows: 

•

•

Technical production profiles for the various assets onshore and offshore held by the Group.  

Economic assumptions such as forecast period, discount rate, crude price, operating cost, capital expenditure 
and fiscal structure. 

As the economic assumptions used may change, and as additional geological information is obtained during the 
operation of a field, estimates of recoverable reserves may also change. Such changes may impact the Group’s 
reported financial position and results, which include:  

•

•

•

•

The carrying value of E&E assets, oil and gas properties, property and plant and equipment, may be affected 
due to changes in estimated future cash flows. See notes 13 and 15. 

Depreciation and amortisation charges in the Statement of Comprehensive Income are depreciated on a unit 
of production basis at a rate calculated by reference to proved and probable (“2P”) reserve estimates and 
incorporating the estimated future cost of developing and extracting those reserves. There may be changes 
where such charges are determined using the unit of production method, or where the useful life of the related 
assets change. See notes 13 and 15. 

Provisions for decommissioning may change - where changes to the reserve estimates affect expectations 
about when such activities will occur and the associated cost of these activities. See note 28. 

The  recognition  and  carrying  value  of  DTA  may  change  due  to  changes  in  the  judgements  regarding  the 
existence of such assets and in estimates of the likely recovery of such assets. See note 18. 

As at 31 December 2022 all subsidiaries onshore and offshore 2P reserve estimates were re-evaluated by the EMT 
and approved by the Board.  

(d) Impairment of Property, Plant And Equipment 

Management performs impairment assessments on the Group’s property, plant and equipment once there are 
indicators of impairment. Triggers for impairment relate to changes in the key factors that impact on impairment 
which are production, oil price, capital expenditures and operating expenditures. In order to test for impairment, 
the higher of FVLCD and VIU calculations are prepared and an estimate of the timing and amount of cash flows 
expected respectively to arise from the CGU. A CGU represents an individual field or asset held by the Group. 
During 2022 an impairment charge of $5.6 million was recognised on the Group’s property, plant and equipment 
(2021: $0.1 million) see Note 13. The impairment charge resulted in the carrying amount of the respective CGUs 
being written down to their recoverable amount. 

Oil & Gas Assets $5.6 million (2021: $0.1 million) impairment 

Management has carried out an impairment test on the Oil & Gas Assets classified as property, plant and equipment. 
This test compares the carrying value of the assets at the reporting date with the recoverable amount for each 
CGU.  The  recoverable  amount  is  the  higher  of  the  FVLCD  and  VIU.  The  FVLCD  is  the  amount  that  a  market 
participant would pay for the CGU less the cost of disposal. The FVLCD approach utilised a discounted cash flow 
based on the 2P reserve estimates of the CGUs of the Group. VIU is the present value of the future cash flows 
expected to be derived from an asset or CGU in its current condition. The period over which Management has 
projected its cash flow forecast, ranges between 7-24 year economic lives based on the field economic life profile. 
The field economic life profile was derived by using licence extension data which is permitted in accordance with 
the Society of Petroleum Engineers (“SPE”) reserves reporting guidelines outlined in the 2019 Petroleum Resource 
Management System (“PRMS”). While there is the risk that licences may not be renewed upon expiry, Management 
considers  this  to  be  very  low  based  on  historic  precedent.  For  the  discounted  cash  flows  to  be  calculated, 

 
 
 
Annual Report & Financial Statements 2022

87

Strategic Report  
Governance 

l Financial Accounts 

Glossary 
Company Information

Management has used a production profile based on its best estimate of proven and probable reserves of each 
CGU and a range of assumptions, including an external oil and gas price profile and a discount rate which, taking 
into account other assumptions used in the calculation, Management considers to be reflective of the risks. The 
impairment calculation considers the decommissioning asset and liability used to derive the impairment charge. 

The discounted cash flow approach assessment involves judgement as to the likely commerciality of the asset. For 
the discounted cash flows to be calculated, Management has used a production profile based on its 2P reserve 
estimate of the assets and a range of assumptions (see note 3(c)). Its 2P reserves which are estimated using 
standard recognised evaluation techniques on a fully funded basis; future revenues and estimated development 
costs and decommissioning liabilities pertaining to the CGU’s; and a discount rate utilised for the purposes of 
deriving a recoverable value.  

Realised price 

2023

69.8 

2024

65.5 

2025

62.5 

2026

60.2 

2027

58.5 

2028 

57.7 

If  the  price  deck  used  in  the  impairment  calculation  had  been  10%  lower  than  Management’s  estimates  at  31 
December 2021, the Group would have a $16.1 million increase on impairment of Oil & Gas Assets (2021: $0.6 million 
increase). If the price deck used in the impairment calculation had been 10% higher than Management’s estimates 
at 31 December 2021, the Group would have a $0.6 million decrease on impairment of the Oil & Gas Assets (2021: 
$0.1 million decrease). The valuation is considered to be a level 3 in the fair value hierarchy due to unobservable 
inputs used in the valuation. 

For the year ended 31 December 2022, Management’s estimate of the Group’s cost of capital was 15% (2021:13.0%). 
If the estimated cost of capital used in determining the post-tax discount rate for the CGU’s had been 1% lower 
than Management’s estimates the Group would have a $0.0 million decrease (2021: $0.0 million) change to the 
impairment position for 2022 against Oil & Gas Assets within property, plant and equipment. If the estimated cost 
of capital had been 1% higher than Management’s estimates the Group would have a $0.0 million increase to the 
impairment position for 2022 (2021: $0.0 million increase). 

(e) Impairment of intangible E&E assets  

In estimating the recoverability of exploration assets, Management considers contingent resources associated with 
certain evaluation assets as estimated by the Group’s internal experts. Furthermore, Management factors in future 
development  plans  and  licence  expiries  into  the  assessment.  Exploration  assets  remain  capitalised  as  long  as 
sufficient progress is being made in assessing whether petroleum production is technically feasible and commercially 
viable. This assessment requires significant Management judgement, as exploration assets are subject to regular 
internal review to confirm the continued intent to establish the technical feasibility and commercial viability of a 
project. At the end of 2022 a review for impairment triggers was carried out and there were no impairment losses 
realised against the carrying values of the Group’s E&E assets. 

The Group reviews the carrying values of intangible E&E assets when there are impairment indicators which would 
tell whether an E&E asset has suffered any impairment. The amounts of intangible E&E assets represent the costs 
of active projects the commerciality of which is unevaluated until reserves can be appraised. 

(f) Property tax  

PT is assessed on property owned by the Group in T&T governed by the Property Tax Act 2009 and later Property 
Tax  2018  amendment  of  T&T.  The  calculation  of  the  PT  is  described  in  note  1  Background  and  Summary  of 
significant accounting policies. 

The Property Tax Act and subsequent Amendment to the Act requires the Board of Inland Revenue to issue a 
Notice of Assessment on or before 31 March in each year. To date, none has been issued for any of the years 2018 
to 2021. Based on public pronouncements the intention was to complete the assessment for residential properties 
by 2021, after which other categories can be assessed. Given the passage of time, it is remote that retroactive 
application will be implemented despite waivers being issued by the Government for periods 2010- 2017 but not 
for periods 2018-2021. Whilst there remains some ambiguity within the interpretation of the law, industry practice 
within T&T indicates that it is appropriate to not recognise a PT liability. 

The Group has considered whether a contingent liability exists. However, given the judgement is that the law does 
not allow for retroactive application, there is no liability arising from a past event. A liability will arise when the 
valuation  roll  has  been  completed  and  the  Notice  of  Assessment  given.  The  Group  will  continue  to  monitor 
developments in the Property tax law and reassess this at each reporting period. As such, the Group has not 
recognised any PT liabilities to 31 December 2022. 

 
 
88

Trinity Exploration & Production plc                                           

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

3.  Critical Accounting Estimates and Judgements (continued) 

(g) Share based payments 

The Company has in place a share-based compensation plan (the LTIP) for the Executive Director and the EMT 
which is designed to provide long-term incentives to align interests with shareholders. The Company measures the 
cost of these equity-settled transactions by reference to the fair value of the equity instruments at the date at 
which they are granted. The fair value of share-based payments is measured using a Monte Carlo or Black-Scholes 
option  pricing  model.  The  measurement  inputs  to  this  model,  including  expected  volatility,  weighted  average 
expected life of the instruments, expected dividends and risk-free interest rate, rely on Management judgements. 
See note 25 for details. 

(h) Transfer of PS-4 development costs to E&E assets 

The  Group  acquired  the  PS-4  asset  on  1  December  2021  for  $3.8  million  and  accounted  for  the  full  cost  as 
development capital expenditure based on the available data when purchased. Subsequent to acquiring the asset, 
the subsurface work matured allowing the technical team to demonstrate that multiple contingent and prospective 
resource  areas  exist  in  PS-4  and  the  seismic  interpretations  in  2022  have  identified  at  least  three 
exploration/appraisal prospects, one of which is planned to be drilled in 2023; the 2P and Infill wells in this asset 
have not been drilled due to supply chain costs and inflationary pressures.  

These key developments in 2022 resulted in a strategic change by Management to focus on E&E activities as the 
findings confirm that the PS-4 asset has significant exploration potential. 

Management applied judgement based on the specific facts and circumstances and considered the underlying 
nature of the asset and determined it was appropriate to transfer $2.5 million of development costs to E&E capital 
expenditure  effective  31  December  2022.  Judgment  was  required  in  determining  the  date  at  which  such  cost 
capitalisation commenced considering the timing of the strategic review being sufficiently concluded. In concluding 
that the costs met the cost capitalisation criteria under the Group’s accounting policy for E&E assets, Management 
considered the nature of the activities, its objective and contribution to the E&E activities.  

Prior  to  the  strategic  change,  an  impairment  assessment  was  performed  on  PS-4  development  costs  and  an 
impairment was recognised (refer to 3(d)). No impairment indicators were identified on the costs transferred to 
E&E asset. 

4 Segment Information 

Management has determined the operating segments which are Onshore, West Coast and East Coast reported in a 
manner consistent with the internal reporting provided to the chief operating decision maker. The chief operating 
decision maker is responsible for making strategic decisions inclusive of; allocating resources and assessing performance 
of the operating segments. The chief operating decision maker has been identified as the EMT (which includes the Chief 
Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Chief Operations Officer and Chief of Staff & General Counsel), which makes 
strategic decisions in accordance with Board policy.  

Management  have  considered  the  requirements  of  IFRS  8  Operating  Segments,  in  regard  to  the  determination  of 
operating segments, and concluded that the Group has only one significant operating segment being the exploration 
and development, production and extraction of hydrocarbons. 

All revenue is generated from crude oil sales in T&T to one customer, Heritage. All revenue is generated at a point in 
time. All non-current assets of the Group are located in T&T. 

5 Operating Profit Before Impairment and Exceptional Items 

Operating profit before impairment and exceptional  
items is stated after taking the following items into account:
DD&A (Note 13)
Depreciation on ROU (Note 14)
Amortisation of computer software (Note 15)
Employee costs (Note 35)
Inventory recognised as expense, charged to operating expenses

2022
$’000

2021 
$’000 

6,890
534
193
8,317
174

6,756 
505 
166 
9,670 
322 

 
 
 
 
Annual Report & Financial Statements 2022

89

Strategic Report  
Governance 

l Financial Accounts 

Glossary 
Company Information

Auditors’ remuneration 

During the year the Group (including its overseas subsidiaries) obtained the following services from the Company’s 
Auditors as detailed below: 

-      Fees payable to the Company’s auditors’ and their affiliated firms for the audit  
       of the parent Company and consolidated financial statements:
       BDO LLP (UK based)*
       BDO Limited (T&T and Barbados based)*
-      Fees payable to the Company’s auditors’ for other services: 
       The audit of Company’s subsidiaries
       Audit related assurance services – interim review

Total assurance and auditors’ remuneration

Professional services:
Tax advice

2022
$’000

2021 
$’000 

220
107

16
29

372

161 
84 

16 
32 

293 

2022
$’000

2021 
$’000 

 –

1 

All  fees  in  2022  are  in  respect  of  services  provided  by  BDO  LLP  and  their  affiliated  firms.  The  independence  and 
objectivity of the external auditors are considered on a regular basis by the Audit Committee, with particular regard to 
the level of non-audit fees incurred. The professional fees relates to tax services rendered for advice on tax losses. 

6 Derivative Expenses 

The net (loss)/gain in fair value is recognised in the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income during the year: 

Derivative expenses (realised)
Movement in FV of derivative financial instruments (unreaslised)

31 December 
2022
$’000

31 December 
2021 
$’000 

(10,446)
2,883

(1,293) 
(3,149) 

(7,563)

(4,442) 

7 Exceptional Items 

Items that are material either because of their size, their nature, or that are non-recurring are considered as exceptional 
items and are presented within the line items to which they best relate. During the current period, exceptional items as 
detailed below have been included in the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income. An analysis of the amounts 
presented as exceptional items in these consolidated financial statements are highlighted below. 

ICT incident costs
Fees relating to Capital Reorganisation 

Exceptional items 

Exceptional items:  

31 December
2022
$’000

31 December 
2021 
$’000 

161
–

161

– 
113 

113 

•

Charges relating to ICT incident: $0.2 million charge in relation to costs incurred in relation to the cyber incident 
(refer to Note 36 (4)). 

 
 
 
       
 
 
 
90

Trinity Exploration & Production plc                                           

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

8 Impairment 

Impairment of Inventory
Impairment of property, plant and equipment
Other impairment of property, plant and equipment

Total expense

31 December 
2022
$’000

31 December 
2021 
$’000 

334
5,558
158

6,050

1,220 
96 
– 

1,316 

•

•

Impairment of inventory – $0.3 million charge in relation to inventory impairment. In 2021 $1.2 million on slow moving 
inventory items. 

Impairment of property, plant and equipment – $5.6 million charge in relation to property, plant and equipment and 
cash generating units. In 2021 the impairment of property, plant and equipment related to charges for impairment 
losses on cash generating units (refer to Note 3(d)). 

• Other impairment of property, plant and equipment – $0.1 million charge in other property, plant and equipment 

relates to expense incurred on unsuccessful recompletion cost on wells. 

9 Finance income and costs 

Recognised in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income: 

Finance income 
Interest Income

Finance costs 
Decommissioning – Unwinding of discount (Note 28)
Interest on Leases (Note 14)
Interest and other expenses on overdraft

10 Income Taxation  

Current Taxes 
Petroleum profits tax
Unemployment levy 

Deferred Taxes 
Current year 
Movement in asset due to tax losses recognised (Note 18)
Movement in liability due to accelerated tax depreciation (Note 18)

Income tax expense/(credit)

2022
$’000

2021 
$’000 

48

94 

2022
$’000

2021 
$’000 

(1,110)
(135)
(94)

(1,222) 
(101) 
(152) 

(1,339)

(1,475) 

2022
$’000

2,404
960

2021 
$’000 

982 
393 

(935)
(85)

(5,533) 
(586) 

2,344

(4,744) 

 
 
 
       
 
 
 
Annual Report & Financial Statements 2022

91

Strategic Report  
Governance 

l Financial Accounts 

Glossary 
Company Information

The Group’s effective tax rate varies from the statutory rate for UK companies of 19% (2021:19%) as a result of the 
differences shown below: 

Profit before taxation 

Tax calculated at domestic tax rates applicable to profits in the respective countries
Expenses not deductible for tax purposes
Impact on tax losses
Deferred tax on capital allowances in the current period recognised
Tax losses previously generated now recognised in the current period
Other reconciling differences

2022
$’000

2,457

4,836
13,448
(5,671)
(9,334)
(935)
–

2021 
$’000 

2,982  

3,441  
9,037 
(2,595) 
(9,087) 
(5,533)  
(7)  

Tax charge/ (credit)

2,344

(4,744)  

Corporate income tax is calculated at 19% (2021: 19%) of the assessable profit for the year for the UK parent company, 
55% for the operating subsidiaries in Trinidad and Tobago (2021: 55%) and 30% (2021: 30%) for the corporate subsidiaries 
in Trinidad and Tobago. 

Taxation losses at 31 December 2022 available for set off against future taxable profits amounts to approximately $227.5 
million (2021: $234.6 million), with tax losses recognised of $24.9 million at the end of 2022. These losses do not have 
an expiry date and have not yet been confirmed by the Board of Inland Revenue (“BIR”) or His Majesty's Revenue and 
Customs (“HMRC”). Tax losses carried forward by companies engaged in petroleum production business in Trinidad 
and Tobago are restricted to set off against 75% of the otherwise chargeable profits in a year. 

11 Earnings Per Share 

Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing the earnings attributable to ordinary shareholders by the weighted 
average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the year. Diluted earnings per share is calculated using the 
weighted average number of ordinary shares adjusted to assume the conversion of all potentially dilutive ordinary 
shares. 

Year ended 31 December 2022

Basic
Diluted

Year ended 31 December 2021

Basic
Diluted

Profit for
the year 
$’000

113
113

Weighted 
Average 
Number Of 
Shares 
’000’

38,813
40,243

Earnings  
Per  
Share  
$  

0.00 
0.00 

7,726
7,726

38,879
42,260

0.20 
0.18 

Impact of dilutive ordinary shares: 

Diluted earnings per share is calculated by adjusting the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding to 
assume  conversion  of  all  dilutive  potential  ordinary  shares.  The  awards  issued  under  the  Company’s  LTIP  (see 
movements  in  number  of  LTIPs  note  25)  are  considered  potential  ordinary  shares.  Share  Options  of  28,954  are 
considered potential ordinary shares and have not been included as the exercise hurdle would not have been met.  

The basic shares balance was amended through the net effect of the issuance of new shares (following exercise of 
Options) and the repurchase of shares through the share buyback programme in 2022 (See notes 23 and 24).

       
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
92

Trinity Exploration & Production plc                                           

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

12 Investment In Subsidiaries 

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                Company 

Opening balance
Share based payment reserve revision
Share based payment

Closing balance

2022
$’000

60,347
–
517

2021 
$’000 

60,021 
(121) 
447 

60,864

60,347 

The investment in subsidiaries is recognised initially at the fair value of the consideration paid. The Group subsequently 
measures the investment in subsidiaries at cost less impairments. Increases in the investment in subsidiaries relate to 
capital contributed by the Company to its subsidiary undertakings. In addition, in 2021 there was a revision to the Share 
based payment reserves as it relates to employees that no longer work for the Group. 

Listing of Subsidiaries  

The Group’s subsidiaries at 31 December 2022 are listed below:  

Name

Bayfield Energy Limited

Trinity Exploration & 
Production (UK) Limited 

Trinity Exploration and 
Production Services (UK) Limited

Bayfield Energy do Brasil Ltda

Registered Address/
Country of Incorporation

c/o Pinsent Masons LLP, 
1 Park Row, Leeds,  
LS1 5AB, UK

13 Queen’s Road, 
Aberdeen,  
AB15 4YL, UK

c/o Pinsent Masons LLP, 
1 Park Row, Leeds,  
LS1 5AB, UK

Av. Presidente Vargas 509,
Rio de Janeiro, 20071-003, 
Brazil

Nature of Business

Holding Company

Holding Company

Service Company

Dormant

Trinity Exploration & 
Production (Barbados) Limited

Ground Floor, One Welches, 
Welches, St. Thomas BB22025, 
Barbados

Holding Company

Trinity Exploration and 
Production (Trinidad and 
Tobago) Limited

Holding Company

3rd Floor Southern Supplies 
Limited Building,  
40 -44 Sutton Street,  
San Fernando, Trinidad &  
Tobago (“Trinidad address”)

Trinity Exploration and 
Production (Galeota) Limited

Trinidad address

Oil and Gas

Oilbelt Services Limited

Trinidad address

Oil and Gas

Trinity Exploration and 
Production Services Limited

Trinidad address

Service Company

Trinity Midstream Limited

Trinidad address

Trinidad address

Oil and Gas

Oil and Gas

Trinity Exploration and 
Production (Erin 1) Limited

Trinity Exploration and 
Production (Erin 2) Limited

Trinity Exploration and 
Production (Forest 1) Limited

Trinidad address

Oil and Gas

Trinidad address

Oil and Gas

% Shares held 
by the Group  

99.99998% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

 
         
       
       
 
       
 
       
 
       
       
 
       
 
       
       
 
 
 
 
 
Annual Report & Financial Statements 2022

Name

Trinity Exploration and 
Production (Forest 2) Limited

Trinity Exploration and 
Production (Forest 3) Limited

Trinity Renewable Resources 
Limited

93

Strategic Report  
Governance 

l Financial Accounts 

Glossary 
Company Information

Registered Address/
Country of Incorporation

Nature of Business

% Shares held 
by the Group  

Trinidad address

Oil and Gas

Trinidad address

Oil and Gas

Trinidad address

Oil and Gas

Trinity Exploration and 
Production plc Employee 
Benefit Trust 

c/o Pinsent Masons LLP
1 Park Row, Leeds, 
LS1 5AB, UK

Employee Benefit Trust 

13 Property, Plant and Equipment 

Year ended 31 December 2022

Plant & 
Equipment
$'000

Leasehold
& Buildings
$'000

Oil & 
Gas Assets
$'000

Other
$'000

Opening net book amount at 1 January 2022
Additions
Transfers (Note 3(h))
Adjustment to decommissioning estimate (Note 28)
Impairment charge1
DD&A charge for year

2,919
1,999
–
–
(62)
(601)

1,388
71
–
–
–
(188)

45,200
13,062
(2,451)
(4,595)
(5,654)
(6,101)

Closing net book amount  
at 31 December 2022

At 31 December 2022 

4,255

1,271

39,461

–
–
–
–
–
–

–

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

Total 
$'000 

49,507 
15,132 
(2,451) 
(4,595) 
(5,716) 
(6,890) 

44,987 

Cost
Accumulated DD&A and impairment

18,193
(13,938)

3,483
(2,212)

323,161
(283,700)

336
(336)

345,173 
(300,186) 

Closing net book amount

4,255

1,271

39,461

–

44,987 

Year ended 31 December 2021

Plant & 
Equipment
$'000

Leasehold
& Buildings
$'000

Oil & 
Gas Assets
$'000

Other
$'000

Opening net book amount at 1 January 2021
Additions
Adjustment to decommissioning estimate (Note 28)
Impairment charge1
DD&A charge for year
Translation differences

2,028
1,328
–
–
(437)
–

1,481
74
–
–
(167)
–

34,247
8,794
8,407
(96)
(6,153)
1

Closing net book amount  
at 31 December 2021

At 31 December 2021 

2,919

1,388

45,200

–
–
–
–
–
–

–

Total 
$'000 

37,756 
10,196 
8,407 
(96) 
(6,757) 
1 

49,507 

Cost
Accumulated DD&A and impairment

16,222
(13,303)

3,412
(2,024)

318,058
(272,858)

336
(336)

338,028 
(288,521) 

Closing net book amount

2,919

1,388

45,200

–

49,507 

1 An impairment loss of $5.7 million (2021: $0.1 million) was recognised on Oil & Gas Assets (see Note 3 (d)) as a result of the carrying value being higher 

than the recoverable amount. The recoverable amount was determined by assessing its fair value less costs of disposal. 

         
 
 
 
 
 
         
         
 
 
         
         
 
94

Trinity Exploration & Production plc                                           

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

14 Leases 

The Group has recognised ROU assets and lease liabilities.  

(i) Amounts recognised in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position  

The Consolidated Statement of Financial Position shows the following amounts relating to leases: 

Right-of-use assets 
Non-current assets 

Lease Liabilities 
Current 
Non-current 

31 December 
2022
$’000

31 December 
2021 
$’000 

838

616 

584
341

925

609 
97 

706 

The ROU assets relate to motor vehicles, office building, rental house and office equipment leases that met the 
recognition criteria of a Lease under IFRS 16. 

(ii) Amounts recognised in the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income  

The Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income shows the following amounts relating to leases: 

Depreciation charge of ROU assets 
Depreciation

2022
$’000

2021 
$’000 

(534)

(505) 

Interest expense (including finance cost)

(135)

(101) 

The total cash outflow for leases in 2022 was $0.7 million (2021: $0.6 million). 

(iii) The Group’s leasing activities and how these are accounted for 

The Group leases various offices, equipment, staff housing and vehicles. Rental contracts are typically made for 
fixed periods of 6 months to 4 years.  

Contracts may contain both lease and non-lease components. There were no non-lease components identified and 
as such the Group allocates the consideration in the contract to a single lease component based on their relative 
stand-alone prices. 

Lease terms are negotiated on an individual basis and contain a wide range of different terms and conditions. The 
lease agreements do not impose any covenants other than the security interests in the leased assets that are held 
by the lessor. Leased assets may not be used as security for borrowing purposes.  

 
 
 
 
Annual Report & Financial Statements 2022

15 Intangible Assets 

The carrying amounts and changes in the year are as follows: 

95

Strategic Report  
Governance 

l Financial Accounts 

Glossary 
Company Information

Exploration and
Evaluation assets
$'000

Computer 
software
$'000

Research and  
Development
$'000

Year ended 31 December 2022

Opening net book amount at 1 January 2022
Additions
Transfers (Note 3(h))
Amortisation charge for year

30,217
235
2,451
–

Closing net book amount at 31 December 2022

32,903 

At 31 December 2022 

Cost
Accumulated amortisation

Closing net book amount

32,903
–

32,903

496
102
–
 (193)

405 

979
(574)

405

46
183
–
–

229
–

229

229

 33,537  

Year ended 31 December 2021

Opening net book amount at 1 January 2021
Additions
Amortisation charge for year

Closing net book amount at 31 December 2021

Exploration and
Evaluation assets
$'000

Computer 
software
$'000

Research and  
Development
$'000

27,042 
3,175 
 – 

30,217

307 
355 
(166)

496 

– 
46 
–

46

•

•

•

E&E assets: Represents the cost for the TGAL 1 exploration well and transfer of PS-4 Development cost to E&E 
costs of USD 2.5 million (refer to Note 3(h)). The Group tests whether E&E assets have suffered any impairment 
triggers on an annual basis and there were no impairment triggers identified (2021: nil). 

Computer Software: In 2022, costs incurred in connection with the acquisition of software.  

Research and Development: In 2022, there were costs associated for various initiatives in connection with reducing 
carbon emissions. 

16 Abandonment fund 

At 1 January 
Additions

At 31 December 

2022
$’000

4,021
490

4,511

2021 
$’000 

3,490 
531 

4,021 

Abandonment  funds  are  restricted  cash  put  aside  in  escrow  for  abandonment  and  environmental  purposes  in 
accordance with contractual obligations to be used in accordance with the contract. 

Total 
$'000 

30,759 
520 
2,451 
(193) 

34,111 
 (574) 

33,537 

Total 
$'000 

27,349  
3,576  
(166) 

30,759  

       
 
 
 
 
96

Trinity Exploration & Production plc                                           

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

17 Performance bond  

At 1 January and 31 December 

2022
$’000

602

2021 
$’000 

473 

The Group’s Lease Operatorship Assets (“LOA”) licences were renewed in June 2021. New Performance Bonds for each 
of the LOA were put in place totaling $0.47 million at a bond fee of 1.75% executed with First Citizens Bank Trinidad and 
Tobago Limited and effective until 31 December 2030. A performance bond of $0.13 million for PS-4 block was also 
executed with First Citizens Bank Trinidad and Tobago Limited in 2022 effective 31 December 2030 at a bond fee of 
1.75%. These funds have been restricted to fixed deposits for the period of the respective LOA licences at varying rates 
of interest.

18 Deferred Income Taxation 

Group 

The analysis of DTA is as follows: 

DTA:
DTA to be recovered in more than 12 months
DTA to be recovered in less than 12 months
DTL:
DTL to be settled in more than 12 months

Net DTA

The movement on the deferred income tax is as follows: 

At beginning of year
Movement for the year
Unwinding of deferred tax on fair value uplift

Net DTA

The deferred tax balances are analysed below: 

Acquisition
Tax losses recognised
Tax losses derecognised

DTL 
Accelerated tax depreciation and  
non-current asset impairment
Acquisitions
Fair value uplift

2022
$’000

2021 
$’000 

(7,774)
(4,691)

(5,130) 
(6,400) 

1,940

2,025 

(10,525)

(9,505) 

2022
$’000

(9,505)
(935)
(85)

2021 
$’000 

(3,386) 
(6,041) 
(78) 

(10,525)

(9,505) 

2020
$’000

Movement
$’000

2021
$’000

Movement
$’000

2022 
$’000 

(33,436)
(39,476)
66,915

–
(5,533)
–

(33,436)
(45,009)
66,915

(5,997)

(5,533)

(11,530)

–
(935)
–

(935)

(33,436) 
(45,944) 
66,915 

(12,465) 

2020
$’000

Movement
$’000

2021
$’000

Movement
$’000

2022 
$’000 

(18,867)
19,580
1,898

2,611

(508)
–
(78)

(586)

(19,375)
19,580
1,820

2,025

–
–
(85)

(85)

(19,375) 
19,580 
1,735 

1,940

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
       
 
       
Annual Report & Financial Statements 2022

97

Strategic Report  
Governance 

l Financial Accounts 

Glossary 
Company Information

DTA are recognised for tax loss carry-forwards to the extent that the realisation of the related tax benefit through future 
taxable profits are probable. Deferred tax assets of $0.9 million have been recognised (2021: $5.5 million was recognised) 
based on estimated future taxable profits. The Group has unrecognised deferred tax assets amounting to $87.2 million 
which have no expiry date. 

DTL have decreased by $0.1 million related to unwinding of assets.  

•

•

DTA and DTL can only be offset in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position if an entity has a legal right to 
settle current tax amounts on a net basis and Deferred Tax amounts are levied by the same tax authority (as per 
IAS 12). The Group has no legal right to offset any DTA and DTL. 

Tax losses – At the end of 2022 the Group had gross tax losses carried forward of $227.5 million (2021: $234.6 
million) represented by corporate tax losses in the UK of $33.2 million (2021: $23.7 million) and PPT and Corporate 
tax losses in Trinidad and Tobago of $194.3 million (2021: $210.9 million). In the UK corporation tax losses may be 
carried forward indefinitely. Similarly, in Trinidad and Tobago PPT and corporate tax losses may be carried forward 
indefinitely to reduce the taxes in future years. As of 1 January 2020, however, PPT losses can only be utilised to 
shelter a maximum of 75 percent of PPT per annum. 

19 Inventories  

At 1 January 2022
Impairment (see note 8)
Net inventory movement

At 31 December 2022

At 1 January 2021
Impairment (see note 8)
Net inventory movement

At 31 December 2021

Crude oil
$’000

Materials  

and supplies
$’000

96
–
29

125

67
–
29

96

3,724
(334)
1,100

4,490

5,200
(1,220)
(256)

3,724

Total 
$’000 

3.820 
(334) 
1,129 

4,615 

5,267 
(1,220) 
(227) 

3,820 

(i) Assigning costs to inventories  

The costs of individual items of inventory within the category material and supplies are determined using weighted 
average costs. The cost assigned for crude oil is based on the lower of cost and net realisable value. In the current 
year there was a total of $0.3 million of impairment of inventory items (2021: $1.2 million). 

20 Trade and Other Receivables  

Due within 1 year 
Amounts due from related parties (Note 31 (d))
Trade receivables
Less: provision for impairment of trade and  
intercompany receivables

Trade receivables: net
Prepayments
VAT recoverable
Other receivables
Less: provision for Impairment of other receivables

Group

Company 

2022
$’000

–
4,643

(4)

4,639
969
4,544
582
(56)

2021
$’000

–
4,641

(6)

4,635
895
4,550
767
(100)

10,678

10,747

2022
$’000

2,830
–

–

2,830
198
29
6
–

3,063

2021 
$’000 

3,372 
– 

– 

3,372 
175 
25 
– 
– 

3,572

 
       
 
 
 
         
       
98

Trinity Exploration & Production plc                                           

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

20 Trade and Other Receivables (continued) 

The fair value of trade and other receivables approximate their carrying amounts.  

The Group applies the IFRS 9 simplified model for measuring ECL which uses a lifetime expected loss allowance and are 
measured on the days past due criterion.  

Trade receivables – Heritage net sales receipts have been collected on a timely basis. Since the Joint Interest Billing 
(“Jibs”) balances are outstanding, an ECL was calculated at 31 December 2022 of $0.1 million (31 December 2021: $0.1 
million) against Other receivables.  

VAT recoverable – As at 31 December 2022 the VAT recoverable was $4.5 million. During 2022, the Group generated 
Net VAT refunds of $3.1 million and received Net VAT refunds of $3.2 million.  

All trade receivables are with the Group’s only customer, Heritage. Ageing analysis of these trade receivables as at 31 
December 2022 is as follows: 

Up to 30 days
>60 days
>180 days

2022
$’000

4,544
–
95

4,639

2021 
$’000 

4,495 
– 
140 

4,635 

The carrying amount of the Group’s trade and other receivables are denominated in the following currencies: 

USD
GBP
TTD

Group

Company 

2022
$’000

3,381
260
7,037

2021
$’000

3,292
169
7,286

10,678

10,747

2022
$’000

2,873
190
–

3,063

2021 
$’000 

3,416 
156 
– 

3,572 

The maximum exposure to credit risk at the reporting date is the value of each class of receivable as shown above. The 
Group does not hold any collateral as security. 

The credit quality of the financial assets that are neither past due nor impaired can be assessed by reference to historical 
information about the counterparty default rates: 

Trade receivables 
Counterparties without external credit rating: 
Existing customers with no defaults in the past

Group

Company 

2022
$’000

2021
$’000

2022
$’000

2021 
$’000 

10,678

10,747

–

– 

The fair value of trade and other receivables approximate their carrying amounts.  

The Group applies the IFRS 9 simplified model for measuring expected credit losses (“ECL”) using a lifetime expected 
loss provision for trade and other receivables. The expected loss rates are based on the Group’s historical credit losses 
experienced over a period prior to the period end. The historical loss rates are then adjusted for current and forward-
looking information on key macroeconomic factors affecting the Group’s customer including GDP, foreign exchange 
rates, WTI crude oil price and inflation rates. In calculating an ECL, two default loss rates are established; default loss 
rate 1 which is calculated through the ageing profiles of sales, and default loss rate 2 which is default loss rate 1 adjusted 
based on forward looking information. 

Having reviewed past payment performance combined with the credit rating of Heritage (and its predecessor, Petrotrin), 
a Provision matrix was completed to calculate a potential impairment on the receivable balances. Trade receivables that 
are less than six months past due are not considered impaired and at 31 December 2022, trade receivables of $4.6 
million (2021: $4.6 million) were therefore considered to be fully performing.  

At the end of 2022 a total of $0.1 million was outstanding from Petrotrin (2021: $0.1 million). An ECL of $0.0 million was 
applied to the outstanding $0.1 million receivables amount due from Petrotrin. 

For other Joint Interest Billing receivable amounts from Heritage, an ECL of $0.1 million (2021: $0.1 million) was calculated. 

       
 
         
       
         
Annual Report & Financial Statements 2022

99

Strategic Report  
Governance 

l Financial Accounts 

Glossary 
Company Information

21 Derivative financial instruments 

The following table compares the carrying amounts and fair values of the Group’s financial liabilities as at 31 December 
2022. 

Derivative liability

Total

31 December 
2022
$’000

31 December 
2021 
$’000 

–

–

2,883 

2,883 

By 31 December 2022 all crude derivative contracts expired. 

The Group considers that the carrying amount of the following financial assets and financial liabilities are a reasonable 
approximation of their fair value: 

•

•

•

Trade receivables 

Trade payables 

Cash and cash equivalents 

Fair Value Hierarchy 

The level in the fair value hierarchy within which the derivative financial asset is categorised is determined on the basis 
of the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement. 

The derivative financial assets are classified in their entirety into only one of the three levels. 

The fair value hierarchy has the following level: 

•

•

•

Level 1 - quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities  

Level 2 - inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either 
directly (i.e. as prices) or indirectly (i.e. derived from prices) 

Level 3 - inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data (unobservable inputs). 

Level 2 recurring fair value measurements: 

Opening balance
Opening derivative instrument realised
Derivative expense (loss in fair value)

Closing balance 

As at 
31 December 
2022
$'000

As at  
31 December 
2021 
$'000 

(2,883)
2,883
–

266 
(266) 
(2,883) 

–

(2,883) 

         
         
         
100

Trinity Exploration & Production plc                                           

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

22 Cash and Cash Equivalents 

Short term investment
Cash and cash equivalents

Group

Company 

2022
$’000

1,033
11,098

12,131

2021
$’000

2,449
15,863

18,312

2022
$’000

1,033
1,069

2,102

2021 
$’000 

2,449 
659 

3,108 

Cash and Cash equivalents disclosed above and in the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows exclude restricted cash 
and are available for general use by the Group.  

23 Share Capital and Share Premium 

Group

As at 1 January 2022
Shares Issued at Nominal value 

As at 31 December 2022

24 Treasury Shares 

Number
of shares

38,879,431
1,005,206

39,884,637

Ordinary
shares
$'000

389
10

399

Share 
premium
$'000

–
–

–

Total 
$'000 

389 
10 

399 

Treasury shares are shares in the Company that are held by the Company. In September 2022, the Group announced 
a share buyback programme to return up to $1 million to shareholders, which was completed with 672,000 ordinary 
shares having been repurchased. The Group subsequently announced a second tranche of its share buyback programme 
to return up to an additional $1 million to shareholders, and as at 31 December 2022, this programme was still ongoing 
with 400,000 shares having been repurchased for approximately $0.5m during 2022. 

Group and Company

Share buyback – 1st tranche
Share buyback – 2nd tranche 

As at 31 December 2022

Number 
of shares 

672,000
400,000

Cost
$’000

994
528

Total 
$’000 

994 
528 

1,072,000

1,522

1,522 

25 Share Based Payment Reserve 

The share-based payments reserve is used to recognise: 

•

•

•

•

The grant date fair value of options issued to employees but not exercised 

The grant date fair value of share awards issued to employees 

The grant date fair value of deferred share awards granted to employees but not yet vested; and 

The issue of shares held by the Employee Share Trust to employees.

         
       
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Annual Report & Financial Statements 2022

101

Strategic Report  
Governance 

l Financial Accounts 

Glossary 
Company Information

During 2022 the Group had in place share-based payment arrangements for its employees and Executive Directors, 
the LTIP. The Share Option Plan referenced below is fully vested and expensed. The current year charge for share-
based payments are solely in relation to the LTIP arrangements shown below, with further details of each scheme 
following: 

At 1 January
Capital Reduction
Share based payment expense: 
Lapsed options released to retained earnings
LTIP expense

At 31 December

Share Option Plan 

2022
$’000

3,784
–

(1,416)
622

2,990

2021 
$’000 

14,764 
(11,485) 

– 
505 

3,784 

Share Options were granted to Executive Directors and to selected employees. The exercise price of the granted option 
was equal to Management’s best estimate of the fair value of the shares at the time of the award of the options. The 
Group has no legal or constructive obligation to repurchase or settle the options in cash. These Share Options were 
fully vested in 2015 and 2016 with nil exercised and expiry dates in 2022 and 2023. The table below gives details:  

Grant-Vest

2012-2015
2013-2016

Exercise
price per 
Share Option

Expiry
Date

2022
2023

2022

Number of
 Options

–
28,954

28,954

Exercise 
price per
Share Option

GBP8.60
GBP12.00

2021 

Number of 
 Share Options 

168,554 
28,954 

197,508 

The inputs into the Black-Scholes model for options granted in prior periods were as follows: 

Grant date
Share price
Average Exercise price
Expected volatility
Risk-free rates
Expected dividend yields
Vesting period

LTIP 

29 May 2013
GBP 11.90
GBP 12.00
55%
4.5%
0%
3 years

14 February 2013 
GBP 12.00 
GBP 8.90 
78% 
4.5% 
0% 
3 years 

LTIP awards are designed to provide long-term incentives for the Executive Directors and other members of the EMT to 
deliver  long-term  shareholder  returns.  Under  the  plan,  participants  are  granted  options  which  only  vest  if  certain 
performance standards are met. Participation in the plan is at the Board’s discretion and no individual has a contractual 
right to participate in the plan or to receive any guaranteed benefits.  

2017 One Off Award 

One Off LTIP awards were granted in August 2017 over 2,541,600 ordinary shares and in June 2020 over a further 
142,296 ordinary shares (the “2017 One Off Award”). The 2017 One Off Award vested in full on 30 June 2022, subject 
to meeting performance targets relating to the following: 

•

•

•

In respect of 70% of the award, the Company’s share price growth from the 2017 placing price of 49.8 pence per 
share. If the three-month volume-weighted price (“VWAP”) at the testing date is 350 pence or more per share, this 
part of the award will vest in full. If the VWAP at the testing date is 49.8 pence per share or less, this part of the 
award will not vest at all. If the VWAP at the testing date is between 49.8 pence and 350 pence per share, this part 
of the award will vest on a pro-rated straight-line basis; 

In respect of 20% of the award, repayment of the amount due to the BIR in accordance with the terms of the 
Creditors Proposal approved in 2017. The final payment occurred in 2018; and 

In respect of 10% of the award, redemption of all the Convertible Loan Notes (“CLN”) issued in January 2017 before 
the second anniversary of their issue. All of the CLNs were redeemed in 2018.

 
       
 
 
 
102

Trinity Exploration & Production plc                                           

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

25 Share Based Payment Reserve (continued) 

The total fair value of the 2017 One Off Award was $2.6 million and was expensed over the vesting period with the full 
charge pro-rated over the period up to 30 June 2022. However, the 2017 One Off Award could vest in full or in part on 
30 June 2020 or 2021 with the appropriate charge being taken over that vesting period. The fair value at grant date 
was  independently  determined  using  an  adjusted  form  of  the  Black  Scholes  Model  which  includes  a  Monte  Carlo 
simulation model that takes into account the exercise price, the term of the option, the share price at grant date and 
expected price volatility of the underlying share, the expected dividend yield, the risk-free interest rate for the term of 
the option and the correlations and volatilities of the peer group companies.  

The model inputs for the 2017 One Off Award were as follows:  

Grant Date
Share price at grant date
Exercise price
Expected volatility 
Risk-free interest rates
Expected dividend yields
Vesting period 1
Vesting period 2
Vesting period 3

24 August 2017
GBP 107.50p
GBP 0.00
73.3%
0.44%
0%
30 June 2020
30 June 2021
30 June 2022

30 June 2020 
GBP 79.00p 
GBP 0.00 
84.9% 
(0.07%) 
0% 
– 
– 
30 June 2022 

The final vesting of the 2017 One Off Award was due to occur on 30 June 2022. However, as the three-month average 
VWAP to 30 June 2022 of 130.0p was below that prevailing at 30 June 2021, the remaining 1,214,744 unvested options 
lapsed. 

2017 and 2018 LTIP Awards 

In January 2019 Options over 282,400 ordinary shares and in May 2019 Options over 383,282 ordinary shares were 
granted under the LTIP awards in accordance with the policy announced to the market on 25 August 2017 in respect of 
the performance of the Company in the financial years ended 31 December 2017 and 2018 respectively. These awards 
vested on 1 January 2021 and 2 January 2022 respectively, subject to meeting the performance criteria set out in the 
table below and continued employment with the Company.  

Performance                                                                                                 Vesting 

Below the Median                                                            None of the award will vest 

Median (50th percentile)                                                 30% of the maximum award will vest 

Between Median and Upper Quartile                              Straight Line basis between these points 

Upper Quartile (75%)                                                       100% of the maximum award will vest. 

Above the Upper Quartile                                               100% of the maximum award will vest 

These  awards  were  subject  to  the  achievement  of  relative  Total  Shareholder  Return  ("TSR")  performance  targets 
measured over a 3-year performance period ending on 1 January 2021 and 31 December 2021 respectively. The amounts 
stated above represent the maximum possible opportunity.  

The total fair value at grant date of the LTIP awards granted during the period ended 31 December 2019 was $0.9 million 
and this was expensed over the vesting period with the full charge pro-rated over the vesting period. The fair value at 
grant date was determined using a Monte Carlo simulation model that takes into account the exercise price, the term 
of the option, the share price at grant date and expected price volatility of the underlying share, the expected dividend 
yield,  the  risk-free  interest  rate  for  the  term  of  the  option  and  the  correlations  and  volatilities  of  the  peer  group 
companies. The model inputs for the LTIP awards granted during the period ended 31 December 2019 included:  

Grant Dates
Share price at grant dates
Exercise price
Expected volatility 
Risk-free interest rates
Expected dividend yields
Vesting period 

2017 LTIP Award

2018 LTIP Award 

2 January 2019
GBP167.7p
GBP0.00
113.9%
0.73%
0%
1 January 2021

9 May 2019 
GBP146.6p 
GBP0.00 
113.9% 
0.73% 
0% 
2 January 2022

 
Annual Report & Financial Statements 2022

103

Strategic Report  
Governance 

l Financial Accounts 

Glossary 
Company Information

2019 LTIP Award 

On 25 June 2020 and 30 October 2020 Options over a total of 481,586 ordinary shares were granted under the LTIP in 
accordance with the policy announced to the market on 25 August 2017 in respect of the performance of the Company 
in the financial year ended 31 December 2019. These LTIP awards vested on 2 January 2023, subject to meeting the 
performance criteria set out in the table below and continued employment with the Company.  

Performance                                                                                                 Vesting 

Below the Median                                                            None of the award will vest 

Median (50th percentile)                                                 30% of the maximum award will vest 

Between Median and Upper Quartile                              Straight Line basis between these points 

Upper Quartile (75%)                                                       100% of the maximum award will vest. 

Above the Upper Quartile                                               100% of the maximum award will vest 

These  Awards  are  subject  to  the  achievement  of  relative  TSR  performance  targets  measured  over  a  three-year 
performance  period  ending  on  31  December  2022.  The  amounts  stated  above  represent  the  maximum  possible 
opportunity.  

The total fair value at grant date of the LTIP awards granted during the period ended 31 December 2020 was $0.4 
million and this will be pro-rated and expensed over the vesting period. The fair value at grant date was determined 
using a Monte Carlo simulation model that takes into account the exercise price, the term of the option, the share price 
at grant date and expected price volatility of the underlying share, the expected dividend yield, the risk-free interest 
rate for the term of the option and the correlations and volatilities of the peer group companies. The model inputs for 
the LTIP awards granted during the period ended 31 December 2020 included:  

Grant Dates
Share price at grant dates
Exercise price
Expected volatility 
Risk-free interest rates
Expected dividend yields

Vesting dates 

2020 LTIP Award 

2019 LTIP Award

2019 LTIP Award 

25 June 2020
GBP79.0
GBP0.00
84.9%
(0.07%)
0%

2 January 2023

30 October 2020 
GBP77.0 
GBP0.00 
84.9% 
(0.07%) 
0% 

2 January 2023 

On 13 August 2021, Options over a total of 325,000 ordinary shares were granted under the LTIP in accordance with a 
revised LTIP scheme (the Revised LTIP”) in respect of the performance of the Company in the financial year ended 31 
December 2020. These LTIP awards will vest on 1 January 2024, subject to meeting the performance criteria set and 
continued employment in the Company.  

The performance targets set for awards made under the Revised LTIP during the period ended 31 December 2021 will 
be measured considering both the Company's absolute TSR performance and the Company's relative TSR performance 
over a three-year period, commencing with the current financial year of the Company (i.e. a measurement period of 1 
January 2021 to 31 December 2023). TSR calculations will be determined by reference to the volume weighted three-
month average price prior to the start and end of the measurement period (with the starting average price adjusted for 
the Share Consolidation). The three-month volume weighted average price at the start of the performance period was 
88p (adjusted for the Share Consolidation). 

The performance targets provide that: 

•

•

No portion of a distinct one-half of the LTIP Award (the "Absolute TSR Part") may vest unless the Company's 
compound annual growth rate of TSR over the performance period is at least 10% p.a., for which 30% of the Absolute 
TSR Part may vest, rising on a straight-line basis for full vesting of the Absolute TSR Part if the Company's compound 
annual growth rate of TSR over the performance period equals or exceeds 25% p.a. 

 No portion of the other distinct one-half of the LTIP Award (the "Relative TSR Part") may vest unless the Company's 
TSR over the performance period ranks at least median relative to the TSR performance within a comparator group 
of companies, for which 30% of the Relative TSR Part may vest, rising on a straight line basis for full vesting of the 
Relative TSR Part if the Company's TSR over the performance period ranks upper quartile or better relative to the 
TSR performance within a comparator group. However, an underpin term applies to the Relative TSR Part which 
provides that, regardless of relative TSR performance, no vesting may ordinarily accrue in respect of the Relative 
TSR Part unless the Company's compound annual growth rate of TSR over the performance period is at least 10% 
per annum.

 
104

Trinity Exploration & Production plc                                           

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

25 Share Based Payment Reserve (continued) 

The total fair value at grant date of the LTIP awards granted during the period ended 31 December 2021 was $0.7 million 
and this will be pro-rated and expensed over the vesting period. The fair value at grant date was determined using a 
Monte Carlo simulation model that takes into account the exercise price, the term of the option, the share price at grant 
date and expected price volatility of the underlying share, the expected dividend yield, the risk-free interest rate for 
the term of the option and the correlations and volatilities of the peer group companies. The model inputs for the LTIP 
awards granted during the period ended 31 December 2021 included:  

Grant Date
Share price at grant dates
Exercise price
Expected volatility 
Risk-free interest rates
Expected dividend yields

Vesting dates 

2021 LTIP Award  

2020 LTIP Award  

13 August 2021  
GBP146.00p  
GBP0.00  
6.3%  
(0.20%)  
0%  

1 January 2024  

On 6 June 2022, 24 October 2022 and 9 December 2022 Options over a total of 415,000 ordinary shares were granted 
in accordance with the Revised LTIP in respect of the performance of the Company in the financial year ended 31 
December 2021. The earliest vesting date for the Award will be 1 January 2025, subject to meeting the performance 
criteria set and continued employment in the Company.  

The performance targets set for awards made under the Revised LTIP during the period ended 31 December 2022 will 
be measured considering both the Company's absolute TSR performance and the Company's relative TSR performance 
over a three-year period, commencing with the current financial year of the Company (i.e. a measurement period of 1 
January 2022 to 31 December 2024). TSR calculations will be determined by reference to the volume weighted three 
month average price prior to the start and end of the measurement period (with the starting average price adjusted for 
the Share Consolidation). The three-month volume weighted average price at the start of the performance period was 
£1.38 (adjusted for the Share Consolidation). 

The performance targets provide that: 

•

•

No portion of a distinct one-half of the LTIP Award (the "Absolute TSR Part") may vest unless the Company's 
compound annual growth rate of TSR over the performance period is at least 10% p.a., for which 30% of the Absolute 
TSR Part may vest, rising on a straight line basis for full vesting of the Absolute TSR Part if the Company's compound 
annual growth rate of TSR over the performance period equals or exceeds 20% p.a. 

No portion of the other distinct one-half of the LTIP Award (the "Relative TSR Part") may vest unless the Company's 
TSR over the performance period ranks at least median relative to the TSR performance within a comparator group 
of companies, for which 30% of the Relative TSR Part may vest, rising on a straight line basis for full vesting of the 
Relative TSR Part if the Company's TSR over the performance period ranks upper quartile or better relative to the 
TSR performance within a comparator group. However, an underpin term applies to the Relative TSR Part which 
provides that, regardless of relative TSR performance, no vesting may ordinarily accrue in respect of the Relative 
TSR Part unless the Company's compound annual growth rate of TSR over the performance period is at least 10% 
per annum. 

The total fair value at grant date of the LTIP awards granted in the period ended 31 December 2022 was $0.6 million 
and this will be pro-rated and expensed over the vesting period. The fair value at grant date was determined using a 
Monte Carlo simulation model that takes into account the exercise price, the term of the option, the share price at grant 
date and expected price volatility of the underlying share, the expected dividend yield, the risk-free interest rate for 
the term of the option and the correlations and volatilities of the peer group companies. The model inputs for the LTIP 
awards granted during the period ended 31 December 2022 included:  

Grant Date
Share price at grant dates
Exercise price
Expected volatility 
Risk-free interest rates
Expected dividend yields

Vesting dates

2021 LTIP Award 

Jun/Oct/Dec 2022  
GBP135p/120p/108p  
GBP0.00  
79%  
1.83%/3.59%/3.28%  
0%  

1 January 2025  

 
 
Annual Report & Financial Statements 2022

105

Strategic Report  
Governance 

l Financial Accounts 

Glossary 
Company Information

Movements in the number of LTIPs outstanding and their related weighted average exercise prices are as follows: 

At 1 January
Forfeited/Lapsed
Granted1
Exercised2

At 31 December

1 Weighted average fair value of LTIPs granted GBP 1.38 
2 Weighted average share price at the date of exercise GBP 1.00 

2022 

2021  

Average 
exercise 
price per 
Share Option 

GBP 0.00
GBP 0.00
GBP 0.00
GBP 0.00

Number of 
Options

3,381,299
(1,360,733)
415,000
(1,005,206)

Average 
exercise  
price per 
Share Option 

GBP 0.00
GBP 0.00
GBP 0.00
GBP 0.00

Number of  
Options 

3,156,299 
(100,000) 
325,000 
– 

GBP 0.00

1,430,360

GBP 0.00

3,381,299 

LTIPs outstanding at the end of the year have the following expiry date and exercise prices: 

Grant-Vest

24/8/2017 – 30/6/2022
2/1/2019 – 1/1/2021
9/5/2019 – 2/1/2021
25/6/2020 – 2/1/2023
13/8/2021 – 31/12/2023
6/6/2022 – 1/1/2025

Expiry date

Exercise price

2022

2021 

24/08/2027
1/1/2024
2/1/2025
2/1/2026
2/1/2027
1/1/2027

GBP 0.00
GBP 0.00
GBP 0.00
GBP 0.00
GBP 0.00
GBP 0.00

167,037
50,858
90,879
381,586
325,000
415,000

2,103,032 
252,510 
319,171 
381,586 
325,000 
- 

26 Merger and Reverse Acquisition Reserves 

At 1 January 2022
Capital re-organisation/reduction
Translation differences

At 31 December 2022

At 1 January 2021
Capital re-organisation/reduction
Translation differences

At 31 December 2021

Reverse  
Acquisition 
Reserve
$’000

(89,268)
–
–

(89,268)

(89,268)
–
–

(89,268)

Merger 
Reserve
$’000

–
–
–

–

Total 
$’000 

(89,268) 
– 
– 

(89,268) 

75,467
(75,467)
–

(13,801) 
(75,467) 
– 

–

(89,268) 

The issue of shares by the Company as part of the reverse acquisition (February 2013) met the criteria for merger relief 
such that no share premium was recorded. As allowed under the UK Companies Act 2006 and required by IAS 27 
(‘Consolidated and separate financial statements’), a merger reserve equal to the difference between the fair value of 
the shares acquired by the Company and the aggregation of the nominal value of the shares issued by the Company 
has been recorded. 

 
 
 
         
         
         
       
 
106

Trinity Exploration & Production plc                                           

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

27 Adjusted EBITDA 

Adjusted  EBITDA  is  a  non-IFRS  measure  used  by  the  Group  to  measure  business  performance.  It  is  calculated  as 
Operating Profit before SPT, PT, Impairment and Exceptional Items for the period, adjusted for DD&A, ILFA, SOE, FX 
Gain/(Loss) and the movement in the FV of Derivative Financial Instruments.  

The Group presents Adjusted EBITDA as it is used in assessing the Group’s growth and operational efficiencies as it 
illustrates the underlying performance of the Group’s business by excluding items not considered by Management to 
reflect the underlying operations of the Group. 

Adjusted EBITDA is calculated as follows: 

Operating Profit Before SPT, Impairment and Exceptional Items 
DD&A (note 13 - 15) 
ILFA (note 20)
SOE (note 24)
FX (loss)/gain
Movement in FV of Derivative Financial Instruments (note 6)

Adjusted EBITDA

Weighted average ordinary shares outstanding - basic
Weighted average ordinary shares outstanding - diluted

Adjusted EBITDA per share – basic (note 11)
Adjusted EBITDA per share - diluted (note 11)

Adjusted EBITDA after Current Taxes (the impact of SPT and PPT/UL) is calculated as follows: 

Adjusted EBITDA
PT   
SPT
PPT/UL

Adjusted EBIDA After Current Taxes

Weighted average ordinary shares outstanding - basic
Weighted average ordinary shares outstanding - diluted

Adjusted EBIDA After Current Taxes per share - basic
Adjusted EBIDA After Current Taxes per share - diluted

2022
$’000

18,971
7,617
(46)
647
394
(2,883)

2021 
$’000 

9,350  
7,428  
(754)  
626  
14 
3,149 

24,700

19,813 

$'000 

$'000 

38,813
40,243

38,879  
41,969 

$

0.64
0.61

$ 

0.51  
0.47  

2022
$’000

24,700
–
(9,012)
(3,365)

2021 
$’000 

19,813 
1,516 
(5,074)  
(1,375)  

12,323

14,880 

'000 

'000 

38,813
40,243

38,879  
41,969 

$

0.32
0.31

$ 

0.38 
0.35  

       
 
       
 
 
 
       
 
Annual Report & Financial Statements 2022

28 Provision for Other Liabilities 

(a) Non-current: 

Year ended 31 December 2022

Opening amount as at 1 January 2022
Unwinding of discount (Note 9)
Revision to estimates (Note 13)
Additions 
Translation differences

Closing balance at 31 December 2022

Year ended 31 December 2021 

Opening amount as at 1 January 2021
Unwinding of discount (Note 9)
Revision to estimates (Note 13)
Decommissioning contribution
Translation differences

Closing balance at 31 December 2021

Decommissioning cost 

107

Strategic Report  
Governance 

l Financial Accounts 

Glossary 
Company Information

Closure 
of pits
$’000

470
–
–
 138
(5)

603

470
–
–
–
–

470

Total 
$’000 

55,690 
1,110 
(4,595) 
138 
117 

52,460 

45,875 
1,222 
8,407 
195 
(9) 

55,690 

Decommissioning 
provision
$’000

55,220
1,110
(4,595)
–
122

51,857

45,405
1,222
8,407
195
(9)

55,220

The Group operates oil fields and this cost represents an estimate of the amounts required for abandonment of 
the Group’s wells, platforms, gathering station and pipeline infrastructures. The amounts are calculated based on 
the  provisions  of  existing  contractual  agreements  with  Heritage  and  MEEI.  Furthermore,  liabilities  for 
decommissioning costs are recognised when the Group has an obligation to dismantle and remove a facility or an 
item of plant and to restore the site on which it is located, and when a reasonable estimate of that liability can be 
made. An obligation for decommissioning may also crystallise during the period of operation of a facility through a 
change in legislation or through a decision to terminate operations.  

The amount recognised is the present value of the estimated future expenditure determined in accordance with 
local conditions and requirements. A corresponding item of property, plant and equipment of an amount equivalent 
to the provision is also created. This is subsequently depreciated as part of the capital costs of the facility or item 
of plant. Any change in the present value of the estimated expenditure is reflected as an adjustment to the provision 
and the corresponding property, plant and equipment. Some of the key assumptions made in the present value 
decommissioning calculation include the following: 

a. Core inflation rate – 3.20% (2021: 2.40%)  

b. Risk free rate – 3.96% - 4.14% (2021: 1.80% - 2.20%) 

c.

d.

Estimated market value/decommissioning cost  

Estimated life of each asset 

See Note 3(b): Critical Accounting Estimates and Assumptions for the rates used and sensitivity analysis. 

Closure of Pits 

Closure  of  pits  relate  to  the  remedy  and  closure  of  pits  associated  with  drilling  new  onshore  wells.  It  is  an 
environmental regulatory requirement set by the Environmental Management Authority (“EMA”) that all open drill 
pits for onshore drilling must be closed after sufficient testing has deemed it safe to close the pit. 

 
 
 
108

Trinity Exploration & Production plc                                           

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

28 Provision for Other Liabilities (continued) 

(b) Current: 

Year ended 31 December 2022

Opening amount as at 1 January 2021
Additions

Closing balance at 31 December 2022

Year ended 31 December 2021 

Opening amount as at 1 January 2021

Closing balance at 31 December 2021

Litigation 
claims
$’000

Other  

provisions
$’000

46
91

137

46

46

–
112

112

–

–

Total 
$’000 

46 
203 

249 

46 

46 

Litigation claims 

There was an increase in the provisions for $0.1 million to reflect the best estimate of litigation claims as at 31 December 
2022.  

Other provisions 

There was a provision of $0.1 million arising from the ICT downtime due to the cyber incident arising in December 2022 
(Note 36 (4)). 

29 Trade and Other Payables 

Current 

Trade payables
Accruals
Other payables
SPT 

Group

Company 

2022
$’000

2,605
4,661
500
2,166

9,932

2021
$’000

2,274
4,486
492
1,562

8,814

2022
$’000

136
429
–
–

565

2021 
$’000 

88 
239 
– 
– 

327 

 
 
 
 
 
 
         
       
Annual Report & Financial Statements 2022

30 Bank overdraft 

Bank Overdraft

109

Strategic Report  
Governance 

l Financial Accounts 

Glossary 
Company Information

31 December 
2022
$’000

31 December  
2021 
$’000 

2,700

2,700

2,700 

2,700 

An on-demand operating (overdraft) line of $5.0 million exists with FirstCaribbean International Bank (Trinidad & Tobago) 
Limited (“CIBC”). Details of the overdraft facility: 

•

•

•

•

•

Description: Demand revolving credit  

Interest Rate: United States dollar prime rate minus 6.50% per annum, effective rate 6.75%. Interest is payable 
monthly. 

Repayment: Upon demand at CIBC’s discretion. 

Debenture: Floating charge debenture giving the lender a first ranking floating charge over inventory and trade 
receivables only. 

Covenant: Current Ratio not less than 1.25:1 

The credit limit on the facility is $5.0 million of which $2.7 million was drawn as at 31 December 2022. 

31 Related Party Transactions 

Group 

The  following  transactions  were  carried  out  with  the  Group’s  subsidiaries  and  related  parties.  These  transactions 
comprise sales and purchases of goods and services and funding provided in the ordinary course of business during 
the year. The following are the major transactions and balances with related parties: 

(a) Transfers of funds from related parties 

Company subsidiaries: 
Trinity Exploration and Production Services Limited
Trinity Exploration & Production (UK) Limited
Trinity Exploration and Production (Galeota) Limited
Bayfield Energy Limited
Oilbelt Services Limited
Trinity Exploration and Production (Trinidad and Tobago) Limited
Trinity Exploration and Production Services Limited (UK) Limited
Transfer of funds

(b) Transfer of funds to related parties 

Company subsidiaries:
Trinity Exploration and Production Services Limited
Bayfield Energy Limited
Trinity Exploration and Production Services Limited (UK) Limited

2022
$’000

10,510
–
–
80
–
1,800
1,100
–

Company 

2021 
$’000 

856 
8 
659 
19 
1,659 
393 
30 
73 

13,490

3,697 

Company 

2022
$’000

2021 
$’000 

–
–
(1,265)

(70) 
(100) 
(2,063) 

(1,265)

(2,233) 

Related party transactions comprise of the transfer of funds to and from related parties which are payable on 
demand. Positive balances indicate increase in funds transferred to the entities, while negative balances indicate 
repayment to entities. 

       
 
 
 
 
110

Trinity Exploration & Production plc                                           

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

31 Related Party Transactions (continued) 

(c)  Key Management and Directors’ compensation: Key Management includes Board (Executive & Non-Executive). 

The compensation paid or payable to Key Management for employee services is shown below: 

Salaries and short-term employee benefits
Post-employment benefits
Share-based payment expense 

(d) Year-end balances arising from transfer to and from related parties 

Receivables from related parties:
Trinity Exploration & Production (UK) Limited
Trinity Exploration and Production (Galeota) Limited
Bayfield Energy Limited
Trinity Exploration and Production (Trinidad and Tobago) Limited
Trinity Exploration and Production Services (UK) Limited
Employee Benefit Trust (See note 1)

Total intercompany receivables 

2022
$’000

876
30
279

1,185

2022
$’000

40
2
122
–
2,652
–

2,816

Group 

2021 
$’000 

1,337 
27 
305 

1,669 

Company 

2021 
$’000 

28 
– 
192 
22 
3,129 
73 

3,443 

Reversal of provision for impairment/ (provision for impairment) 

Closing intercompany receivables (Note 20)

14

(71) 

2,830

3,372 

Company  

-

The receivables from related parties arise mainly from inter-group recharges. The receivables are unsecured and bear 
no interest. An ECL provision was calculated $0.1 million (2021: 0.1 million). 

Payables to related parties:
Trinity Exploration and Production Services Limited
Trinity Exploration and Production Services (UK) Limited
Trinity Exploration and Production (Galeota) Limited
Trinity Exploration and Production (Trinidad & Tobago) Ltd
Oilbelt Services Limited

Total intercompany payables

Company 

2022
$’000

2021 
$’000 

10,683
–
–
1,779
269

12,731

167 
7 
112 
– 
495 

781 

 
 
 
 
         
 
Annual Report & Financial Statements 2022

32 Taxation Payable 

Taxation payable 
PPT
UL   

111

Strategic Report  
Governance 

l Financial Accounts 

Glossary 
Company Information

2022
$’000

2021 
$’000 

4
–

4

– 
– 

– 

Trinidad and Tobago statutory petroleum profit tax (“PPT”) and unemployment levy (‘UL”) are a combined rate of 55% 
of taxable income. PPT has a tax charge of 50%, while UL has a tax charge of 5% on taxable profits.  

33 Financial Instruments by Category 

At 31 December 2022 and 2021, the Group held the following financial assets at amortised cost: 

Trade and other receivables – current*
Abandonment fund – non current
Intercompany
Cash and cash equivalents

Note (*): Excludes prepayments and VAT recoverable 

Group

Company 

2022
$’000

5,165
4,511
–
12,131

2021
$’000

5,302
4,021
–
18,312

21,807

27,635

2022
$’000

6
–
2,830
2,102

4,938

2021 
$’000 

200 
– 
3,372 
3,108 

6,680 

At 31 December 2022 and 2021, the Group held the following financial liabilities at amortised cost: 

Accounts payable and accruals
Intercompany
Bank overdraft

Group

Company 

2022
$’000

9,932
–
2,700

12,632

2021
$’000

8,814
–
2,700

11,514

2022
$’000

565
12,731
–

13,296

2021 
$’000 

327 
781 
– 

1,108 

At 31 December 2022 and 2021, the Group held the following financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss: 

Derivative financial liability

Group

Company 

2022
$’000

–

–

2021
$’000

2,883

2,883

2022
$’000

–

–

2021 
$’000 

2,883 

2,883

       
 
 
         
       
 
         
       
 
 
         
       
112

Trinity Exploration & Production plc                                           

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

34 Commitments and Contingencies 

a) Commitments 

There are commitments for decommissioning costs of the wells and facilities under the Group’s agreements with 
Heritage, which have been provided for as described in Note 28: Provision for other liabilities. 

b) Contingent Liabilities 

i)

The West Coast Point Ligoure, Guapo Bay and Brighton Marine Outer (“PGB”) licences and the Farm-Out 
Agreement for the Tabaquite Block (held by Coastline International Inc.) was expired as at 31 December 2022. 
Subsequent to the year-end the PGB licence was renewed to 17 December 2037 (Note 36 (7)). There were no 
additional liabilities and commitments arising from the renewed agreement.  

ii)

Parent Company Guarantee:  

a) PGB - A Letter of Guarantee has been established in substance over the PGB Block where a subsidiary of 
Trinity is obliged to carry out a Minimum Work Programme to the value of $8.4 million. A clause within the 
Letter of Guarantee implies that the Guarantor may reduce the Guarantee Sum available for payment to 
the MEEI under the Letter of Guarantee on an obligation by obligation basis provided PGB delivers to the 
Guarantor a certificate duly issued and signed by the MEEI.  

b) Galeota  -  A  Letter  of  Guarantee  has  been  established  in  substance  over  the  Galeota  Block  where  a 
subsidiary of Trinity is obliged to carry out a Minimum Work Programme to the value of $0.9 million. A 
clause within the Letter of Guarantee implies that the Guarantor may reduce the Guarantee Sum available 
for payment to the MEEI under the Letter of Guarantee on an obligation by obligation basis provided the 
subsidiary of Trinity delivers to the Guarantor a certificate duly issued and signed by the Minister of the 
MEEI. The Letter of Guarantee was effective from 14 July 2021 until the earlier of performance of Minimum 
Work Programme or the Guarantor has paid the Guarantee amount. 

iii) The  Group  is  party  to  various  claims  and  actions.  Management  has  considered  the  matters  and  where 
appropriate  has  obtained  external  legal  advice.  No  material  additional  liabilities  are  expected  to  arise  in 
connection with these matters, other than those already provided for in these consolidated financial statements. 

35 Employee Costs 

Employee costs for the Group during the year 
Wages and salaries
Other pension costs
Share based payment expense 

Group

Company 

2022
$’000

7,245
425
647

8,317

2021
$’000

8,625
372
673

9,670

2022
$’000

483
–
107

590

2021 
$’000 

1,170 
– 
94 

1,264 

Average monthly number of people 
(including Executive and Non-Executive Directors’) employed by the Group 

Executive and Non-Executive Directors
Administrative staff
Operational staff

2022
number

2021
number

2022
number

2021 
number 

6
102
168

276

6
95
144

245

6
–
–

6

6 
– 
– 

6 

 
 
 
         
       
       
 
       
Annual Report & Financial Statements 2022

113

Strategic Report  
Governance 

l Financial Accounts 

Glossary 
Company Information

36 Events after the Reporting Period 

1.

Subsequent to 31 December 2022, the Group has received further VAT refunds of $2.6 million as at 31 May 2023. 
On 10 May 2023, the Government of Trinidad and Tobago announced that it intends to settle outstanding VAT 
refunds via interest bearing bonds in order to meet VAT arrears of those registrants who are owed in excess of 
$0.03 million in VAT refunds. At the end of May 2023, the Group had $2.0 million in VAT refunds recoverable in VAT 
bonds. 

2. On 31 December 2022, the FZ-2 Lease Operating Agreement (LOA) expired. Trinity obtained an interim renewal of 
the LOA to 31 March 2023 and obtained a further extension to 30 June 2023 to execute the LOA for the period 1 
January 2023 to 30 September 2031.  

3. On 29 March 2023, the Group provided six-months’ notice to Heritage to terminate the sub-licence Farm-Out 
agreement for the Tabaquite block. The new sub-licencee requirements proposed to the Group makes this licence 
uneconomic to operate. 

4. Cyber incident – The Group was the subject of a sophisticated cyber incident in December 2022 and immediately 
took  precautionary  measures  to  protect  its  IT  infrastructure.  The  Group  engaged  with  external  specialists  to 
investigate the nature and extent of the incident and implement its systems recovery plan. Trinity moved quickly to 
notify relevant regulators and law enforcement agencies. Trinity's production facilities continued to operate safely 
throughout. In 2023, the Group continues to execute its recovery plan. Trinity's IT team and its external advisers 
continue to support the business in returning its administrative systems to full capacity incorporating learnings from 
the incident and embedding more resilient IT infrastructure, cyber security systems and procedures.  

5.

6.

Trintes Field Incident - On the evening of 10 April 2023, a fire occurred in one of the two generators on the Trintes 
Bravo platform. Production across the field was halted and the fire was contained. Production restarted from Alpha 
and Delta platforms on 11 April 2023. Four operators, all Trinity staff, were on Bravo at the time of the incident and, 
having suffered minor injuries, all are now recovered and resume work. Following approval from the Ministry of 
Energy and Energy Industries, received on 17 April 2023, the Company successfully restored oil production from all 
previously producing wells on the Bravo platform on 18 April 2023. Production from the field is in-line with pre-
incident levels at approximately 1,010 bopd. 

Share buyback – As at 31 December 2022, the second tranche of the share buyback programme was still ongoing 
with 400,000 shares repurchased to 31 December 2022 utilising $0.5 million of the $1 million tranche. On 26 April 
2023, the second tranche of the share buyback programme was completed and a third tranche was announced on 
28 April 2023 for up to a further $1 million. This tranche will be funded from the Group’s existing cash resources 
and will, unless terminated at an earlier date, expire at the conclusion of the 2023 AGM, or 30 June 2023, whichever 
is earlier.  

7. Renewal of PGB Exploration and Production Licence – On 3 May 2023, the MEEI provided confirmation of the 
renewal of the PGB Licence for an additional 25 years from the Effective Date of 18 December 2012. Consequently, 
the PGB Licence expires on 17 December 2037. There were no additional liabilities and commitments arising from 
the renewed Licence. 

114

Glossary

Trinity Exploration & Production plc                                           

Abbreviation

Meaning 

2P

2C

Adjusted EBITDA 

Proved and probable resources  

Best estimate of contingent resources  

Operating Profit before Taxes for the period, adjusted for depreciation, depletion & amortisation 
(“DD&A”), non-cash Share Option Expenses (“SOE”), Impairment losses on Financial assets 
(“ILFA”) and FX gains/(loss) and fair value Gains/Losses on Derivative Financial Instruments 

AGM

AIM

APM

bbl

BDO

BIR

BM 

Board

bopd

boepd

c.

CA 2006

Capex

CGU

CIBC

CIMA

CLN

COSA

CSR

COVID-19

Annual General Meeting  

Alternative Investment Market of the London Stock Exchange plc  

Alternative Performance Measures Guidelines 

barrel  

Binder Dijker Otte  

Board of Inland Revenue of Trinidad & Tobago  

Brighton Marine  

Board of Directors  

barrels of oil per day  

barrels of oil equivalent per day  

circa (approximately)  

Companies Act 2006 (as amended from time to time)  

Capital expenditure  

Cash generating units  

First Caribbean International Bank (Trinidad & Tobago) Limited  

Chartered Institute of Management Accountants  

Convertible Loan Notes previously in issue by the Group which were fully redeemed as part of 
the Group’s fundraising in 2018  

Crude Oil Sales Agreement 

Corporate Social Responsibility  

Coronavirus disease (COVID-19) is an infectious disease caused by a new virus. The disease 
causes respiratory illness (like the flu) with symptoms such as a cough, fever, and in more severe 
cases, difficulty breathing 

DD&A

Derivatives

Depreciation, depletion and amortisation 

Oil Price Derivative Financial Instruments  

DOA

DTA

DTL

EAD

E&E

ECTT

EIA

ECL

EMA

EMT

ESG

ESP

EU

EUR

FCF

FEED

FDP

FID

FOA

FRC

FVLCD

FX

Delegation of Authority  

Deferred Tax Asset  

Deferred Tax Liabilities  

Exposure at Default  

Exploration and Evaluation  

Energy Chamber of Trinidad and Tobago  

Environmental Impact Assessment  

Expected Credit Loss  

Environmental Management Authority  

Executive Management Team  

Environmental Social Governance  

Electric Submersible Pump  

European Union  

Estimated Ultimate Recovery  

Free Cash Flow  

Front End Engineering Design  

Field Development Plan  

Final Investment Decision  

Farmout Agreement  

Financial Reporting Council  

Fair Value less Costs of Disposal  

Foreign Exchange 

Annual Report & Financial Statements 2022

115

Strategic Report  
Governance 
Financial Accounts 

l Glossary 

Company Information

Abbreviation

G&A

GBP or £

GHG

GORTT

Group

H

HAW

Heritage

HMRC

HSSE

IP

IOR

IAS

IFRS

IFRS IC

ITC

ILFA

JOA

KPI(s)

LGD

LLP

LNG

LO

LOA

LTI

LTIP

MOU

MEEI

MM

Management

mmbbls

mmstb

MPHU

mt

MWh

NOC

NOS

Meaning 

General and Administrative expenses  

Great British Pound  

Green House Gases  

Government of the Republic of Trinidad and Tobago  

Trinity and its Subsidiaries  

Half Year i.e. H1 means first half  

High Angle Well  

Heritage Petroleum Company Limited  

Her Majesty Revenue and Customs of the United Kingdom  

Health, Safety, Security & Environment  

Initial Production  

Improved Oil Recovery  

International Accounting Standards  

International Financial Reporting Standards  

IFRS Interpretations Committee  

Investment Tax Credits  

Impairment losses on Financial assets  

Joint Operatorship Agreement  

Key Performance Indicator(s)  

Loss Given Default  

Limited liability partnership  

Liquefied Natural Gas  

Lease Operator  

Lease Operatorship Agreement  

Lost Time Incidents 

Long-Term Incentive Plan  

Memorandum of Understanding  

Ministry of Energy and Energy Industries of Trinidad & Tobago  

million  

Board and EMT  

million barrels  

million stock tank barrels  

Mechanical Pumping Hydraulic Unit  

metric tonnes  

Megawatt hour 

National Oil Company also known as Heritage  

Net Oil Sands  

Operating Break-even

The  realised  price  where  the  Adjusted  EBITDA  for  the  respective  asset  is  equal  to  zero. 
Consolidated Operating Break-even is the realised price where the Adjusted EBITDA for the 
entire Group is equal to zero)  

OCF

Net Cash Flow from Operating Activities  

Operating Expenses

Royalties, Production costs (“Opex”), Depreciation, Depletion & Amortisation (“DD&A”), General 
& Administrative (“G&A”) expenses, Impairment losses on financial assets (“ILFA”), Share Option 
Expense (“SOE”) and Foreign exchange (“FX”) (loss)/gain  

Opex

OPEC

Operating Profit

ORR

Paris Agreement

Production costs  

Organization of the Petroleum Exporting Countries  

Operating Profit from business operations (Operating Revenues less Operating Expenses less 
SPT & PT less Exceptional items)  

Overriding Royalties  

The Paris Agreement is an agreement within the United Nations Framework Convention on 
Climate Change, dealing with greenhouse-gas-emissions mitigation, adaptation, and finance, 
signed in 2016 including Least Developed Countries and Small Island Developing States. 

116

Trinity Exploration & Production plc                                           

Glossary (continued)

Abbreviation

Meaning 

PCP

PD

Petrotrin

PGB

Plc

PPE

ppm

PPT

PRMS

PT 

PwC

Q

REI

RNS

RCP(s)

Realised price

ROU

SCADA

SCN

SOE

SPE

SPT

Progressive Cavity Pumps  

Probability of Default  

The Petroleum Group of Trinidad and Tobago Limited  

Point Ligoure-Guapo Bay-Brighton Marine Outer (West Coast Assets)  

Public Limited Company  

Personnel Protective Equipment  

parts per million  

Petroleum Profits Tax  

Petroleum Resource Management System  

Property Tax  

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP  

Year quarter (3 months) i.e. Q1 means first quarter  

Reportable Environmental Incidents  

Regulatory News Service  

Recompletion(s)  

Actual price received per bbl. A discount is normally applied to the WTI price by Heritage to 
derive the realised price received by Trinity.  

Right-of-Use  

Supervisory Control and Data Acquisition  

Sand Control 

Share Option Expense  

Society of Petroleum Engineers  

Supplemental Petroleum Tax  

START Card

See Think Act Reinforce Track Card  

STOIIP

STOW

Stock Tank Oil Initially in Place  

Safe to Work  

T&T based bank

First Citizens Bank Limited  

TEPUKL

TEPGL

Trinity Exploration & Production (UK) Limited  

Trinity Exploration and Production (Galeota) Limited  

Trinity/Company/Parent

Trinity Exploration & Production plc  

TOG

TPH

TSR

TTD

T&T

Total Oil and Gas  

Total Petroleum Hydrocarbons  

Total Shareholder Return  

Trinidad & Tobago Dollars  

Trinidad & Tobago  

T&T State creditors

Reference to both BIR and MEEI  

UK

UL

UN SDG

USA

United Kingdom  

Unemployment Levy  

United Nations Sustainable Development Goals 

United States of America  

USD or US$ or $ 

United States Dollars  

UWI

VAT

VIU

vs

VWAP

WFH

WHO

WTI

WO(s)

YE

University of the West Indies  

Value Added Tax  

Value in Use  

versus  

Volume-Weighted Average Price  

Work From Home  

World Health Organisation  

West Texas Intermediate - is a grade of crude oil used as a benchmark in oil pricing  

Workover(s)  

Year-end  

 
117

Strategic Report  
Governance 
Financial Accounts 
Glossary 

l Company Information

Advisers 

NOMAD 

SPARK Advisory Partners Limited 
5 St. John’s Lane  
London EC1M 4BH  

Broker 

Cenkos Securities plc 
678 Tokenhouse Yard  
London EC2R 7AS  

Independent Auditors 

BDO LLP 
55 Baker Street  
London W1U 7EU 

Tax Advisers 

Ernst & Young LLP 
Blenheim House  
Fountainhall Road  
Aberdeen AB15 4DT  

Legal Advisers & Solicitors 

Pinsent Masons LLP 
1 Earl Grey Street  
Edinburgh EH3 9AQ  

Public Relations Adviser 

Vigo Consulting 
Sackville House 
40 Piccadily 
London W1J ODR  

Annual Report & Financial Statements 2022 

Company Information

Company addresses 

Corporate Secretarial 

Company Secretary 

AMBA Secretaries Limited 
400 Thames Valley Park Drive  
Thames Valley Park  
Reading RG6 1PT  

Registrar 

Link Group  
10th Floor  
Central Square  
29 Wellington Street  
Leeds LS1 4DL  

Main Bankers 

Lloyds Banking Group plc 
Bank of Scotland  
Level 6 110 St Vincent Street  
Glasgow G2 5ER  

First Citizens Bank Limited 
Superpharm Building  
2 South Trunk Road, Gulf View  
La Romain  
Trinidad & Tobago  

CIBC FirstCaribbean International 
Bank 
(Trinidad & Tobago) Limited  
74 Long Circular Road  
Maraval, Port of Spain  
Trinidad & Tobago  

United Kingdom  
and Registered Office 
c/o Pinsent Masons LLP  
1 Park Row  
Leeds LS1 5AB  

Trinidad & Tobago Office 
3rd Floor Southern  
Supplies Limited Building  
40-44 Sutton Street  
San Fernando  
Trinidad & Tobago 

Certifications

Affiliations

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Trinity Exploration & Production plc 

c/o Pinsent Masons LLP 
1 Park Row 
Leeds LS1 5AB 
United Kingdom 

E: info@trinioil.com 

www.trinityexploration.com